UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)
x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
OR
o	TRANSITIONAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from ________ to ________

Commission File Number 0-26995

 

 

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

South Carolina		57-1079444
(State or other jurisdiction of		(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)		Identification No.)
3640 Ralph Ellis Boulevard		29569
Loris, South Carolina		(Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (843) 756-6333

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Not applicable		Not Applicable

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value per share
(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes x No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). x Yes o No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o	Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) o Yes x No

 

The estimated aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates (shareholders holding less than 5% of an outstanding class of stock, excluding directors and executive officers) of the Company on June 30, 2015 was $540,084. See Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K for information on the market for the Company’s common stock.

 

There were 3,846,340 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 28, 2016.

Table of Contents

 

PART I
		Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		1
Item 1.		Business		3
Item 1A.		Risk Factors		22
Item 1B.		Unresolved Staff Comments		34
Item 2.		Properties		34
Item 3.		Legal Proceedings		34
Item 4.		Mine Safety Disclosures		36
PART II
Item 5.		Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		36
Item 6.		Selected Financial Data		37
Item 7.		Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		38
Item 7A.		Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		62
Item 8.		Financial Statement and Supplementary Data		63
Item 9.		Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		120
Item 9A.		Controls and Procedures		120
Item 9B.		Other Information		121
PART III
Item 10.		Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		121
Item 11.		Executive Compensation		124
Item 12.		Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		126
Item 13.		Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		127
Item 14.		Principal Accounting Fees and Services		128
PART IV
Item 15.		Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT INDEX

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report, including information included or incorporated by reference in this document, contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements may relate to our financial condition, results of operation, plans, objectives, or future performance. These statements are based on many assumptions and estimates and are not guarantees of future performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements, as they will depend on many factors about which we are unsure, including many factors which are beyond our control. The words “may,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “believe,” “continue,” “assume,” “intend,” “plan,” and “estimate,” as well as similar expressions, are meant to identify such forward-looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described below under Item 1A - Risk Factors and the following:

 

●

our ability to close the recapitalization, including the private placement transaction and the repurchase of our outstanding Series T Preferred Stock (as defined below), trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes;

●

our ability to complete the $3 million public offering to our existing shareholders and other certain investors following the closing of the recapitalization;

●

reduced earnings due to higher credit losses as a result of declining real estate values, increasing interest rates, increasing unemployment, or changes in customer payment behavior or other factors;

●

reduced earnings due to higher credit losses because our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral;

●

our ability to comply with the Consent Order (as defined below) and the Written Agreement (as defined below) with our regulatory authorities and the potential for regulatory actions if we fail to comply;

●

our ability to maintain appropriate levels of capital, including levels of capital required by our higher individual minimum capital ratios and under the capital rules implementing Basel III;

●

the adequacy of the level of our allowance for loan losses and the amount of loan loss provisions required in future periods;

●

results of examinations by our regulatory authorities, including the possibility that the regulatory authorities may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or write down assets;

●

the high concentration of our real estate-based loans collateralized by real estate in a weak commercial real estate market;

●

increased funding costs due to market illiquidity, increased competition for funding, and/or increased regulatory requirements with regard to funding;

●

significant increases in competitive pressure in the banking and financial services industries;

●

changes in the interest rate environment which could reduce anticipated margins;

●

changes in political conditions or the legislative or regulatory environment, including governmental initiatives affecting the financial services industry;

●

general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally and especially in our primary service area, being less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality;

●

increased cybersecurity risk, including potential business disruptions or financial losses;

●

changes occurring in business conditions and inflation;

●

changes in deposit flows;

●

changes in technology;

●

our current and future products, services, applications and functionality and plans to promote them;

●

changes in monetary and tax policies;

●

the rate of delinquencies and amount of loans charged-off;

●

the rate of loan growth and the lack of seasoning of our loan portfolio;

●

adverse changes in asset quality and resulting credit risk-related losses and expenses;

●

loss of consumer confidence and economic disruptions resulting from terrorist activities;

●

changes in accounting policies and practices;

●

our ability to retain our existing customers, including our deposit relationships;

●

changes in the securities markets; and

●

other risks and uncertainties detailed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

If any of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if any of the assumptions underlying such forward-looking statements proves to be incorrect, our results could differ materially from those expressed in, implied or projected by, such forward-looking statements. For information with respect to factors that could cause actual results to differ from the expectations stated in the forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” under Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We urge readers to consider all of these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make these forward-looking statements as of the date of this document and we do not intend, and assume no obligation, to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking statements.

PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

 

General Overview

 

HCSB Financial Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated on June 10, 1999 to become a holding company for Horry County State Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a state chartered bank which commenced operations on January 4, 1988. Our primary market includes Horry County in South Carolina and Columbus and Brunswick Counties in North Carolina. From our 8 branch locations, we offer a full range of deposit services, including checking accounts, savings accounts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, and IRAs, as well as a broad range of non-deposit investment services. In addition, we offer a variety of loan products designed for consumers, businesses and farmers. As of December 31, 2015, we had total assets of $361.5 million, net loans of $204.8 million, deposits of $330.8 million and shareholders’ deficit of $12.3 million.

 

Recent Developments

 

Stock Purchase Agreement with Certain Institutional and Accredited Investors

 

As previously disclosed, on March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek Capital Partners VI, L.P. (“Castle Creek”) and certain other institutional and accredited investors (collectively, the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction and to issue shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a purchase price of $0.10 per share, and shares of a new series of convertible perpetual non-voting preferred stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). Prior to the closing of the private placement transaction, the Company intends to file articles of amendment to the Company’s articles of incorporation setting forth the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock. The private placement transaction is subject to closing conditions, including receipt of necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for the repurchase or redemption of the Company’s Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes in each of the transactions described below.

 

Prior to closing, the Company and the Investors will enter into a registration rights agreement under which the Company will agree to file a registration statement with the SEC to register for resale the shares of common stock and Series A Preferred Stock issued in the private placement transaction, as well as the shares of common stock and non-voting common stock into which the Series A Preferred Stock will be convertible and shares of common stock into which the non-voting common stock will be convertible. The Company is obligated to file the registration statement no later than the first anniversary after the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

In addition, prior to closing, Castle Creek and certain other investors named in the stock purchase agreement will enter into side letter agreements with the Company, pursuant to which (i) Castle Creek and RMB Capital Management, LLC (“RMB”) will be entitled to have one representative appointed to the Company’s board of directors, and (ii) EJF Sidecar Fund, Series LLC – Series E and Strategic Value Investors, LP will be entitled to have one representative attend all meetings of the Company’s board of directors as a nonvoting observer, in each case for so long as these entities, together with its respective affiliates, owns, in the aggregate, 5% or more of all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock (or, with respect to Castle Creek and RMB, 50% or more of their respective purchased shares). In addition, the Company agreed to reimburse Castle Creek’s legal fees incurred in connection with its participation in the private placement transaction.

 

The Company anticipates that the private placement transaction will close in April 2016. Following the closing of the private placement transaction, the Company intends to conduct a $3 million registered public offering to our existing shareholders and other certain investors on the same terms as in the private placement transaction.

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury

 

On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”), pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all 12,895 shares of its outstanding fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, series T (the “Series T Preferred Stock”), for $128,950, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by the U.S. Treasury not to exceed $25,000. The U.S. Treasury also agreed to waive any and all unpaid dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock and to cancel its warrant to purchase 91,714 shares of the Company’s common stock, which had an exercise price of $21.09 per share (the “CPP Warrant”). The securities purchase agreement is subject to closing conditions, including the closing of the private placement transaction and regulatory approval of the transaction. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction.

Securities Purchase Agreement with the Alesco Preferred Funding VI LTD

 

On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with Alesco Preferred Funding VI LTD (“Alesco”), pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all of its floating rate trust preferred securities issued through its subsidiary, HCSB Financial Trust I, for an aggregate cash payment of $600,000, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Alesco not to exceed $25,000. Alesco also agreed to forgive any and all unpaid interest on the trust preferred securities. The securities purchase agreement is subject to closing conditions, including regulatory approval of the transaction. Alesco has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the securities purchase agreement in the event that any closing condition is not satisfied within 45 days of the date of the securities purchase agreement. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

On March 16, 2016, the Company received a notice of default from The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee, relating to the trust preferred securities. The notice of default relates specifically to the Indenture dated December 21, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., successor-in-interest to JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, under which the Company issued the trust preferred securities. As permitted by the Indenture, the Company previously exercised its right to defer interest payments on the trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarterly payment periods. The Company’s right to defer such interest payments expired on March 15, 2016, at which time all deferred payments of interest became due and payable. The Company did not pay such deferred interest at the end of the permitted deferral period, constituting an event of default under the Indenture, and therefore pursuant to the Indenture, the trustee provided this notice of default. Receipt of this notice of default from the trustee does not affect the Company’s plans to repurchase the trust preferred securities under the securities purchase agreement.

 

Under the Indenture, the principal amount of the trust preferred securities, together with any premium and unpaid accrued interest, only becomes due upon such an event of default after the trustee, or Alesco, as the holder of not less than 25% of the trust preferred securities outstanding, declares such amounts due and payable by written notice to the Company. To date, the Company has not received such written notice from the trustee or Alesco. As of March 16, 2016, the total principal amount outstanding on the trust preferred securities plus accrued and unpaid interest was $7.1 million.

 

Final Approval of the Class Action Settlement Agreement with the Subordinated Debt Holders

 

On March 2, 2016, the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Horry entered a final order of approval approving the class action settlement agreement between the Company, the Bank, James R. Clarkson, Glenn Raymond Bullard, Ron Lee Paige, Sr., and Edward Lewis Loehr, Jr., the President and Chief Executive Officer, former Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank, respectively, and Jan W. Snyder, Acey H. Livingston, and Mark Josephs, on behalf of themselves and as representatives of a class of similarly situated purchasers of the Company’s subordinated debt notes. The plaintiffs had previously filed a class action lawsuit seeking an unspecified amount of damages resulting from alleged wrongful conduct associated with purchases of the Company’s subordinated debt notes, including fraud, violation of state securities statutes, and negligence.

 

The Company will establish a settlement fund of approximately $2.4 million, which represents 20% of the principal of subordinated debt notes issued by the Company, and class members will be entitled to receive 20% of their notes, in exchange for a full and complete release of all claims that were asserted or could have been asserted in the class action lawsuit. The Company will also separately pay the approved attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses of class counsel up to an aggregate of $250,000. The Company must receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections before any payments may be made from the settlement fund. Assuming these regulatory approvals or nonobjections are received, the Company anticipates that it will fund the settlement fund promptly following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

Changes to our Management Team and Board of Directors

 

In connection with the comprehensive recapitalization of the Company and the Bank, on March 3, 2016, the board of directors of the Company announced that it has agreed to appoint Jan H. Hollar as the chief executive officer and a director of the Company and the Bank, effective as of the closing of the private placement transaction. On February 29, 2016, the Company and the Bank entered into an employment agreement, which will become effective upon the closing of the private placement transaction, pursuant to which Ms. Hollar will assume this role.

Effective as of February 26, 2016, W. Jack McElveen, Jr. was appointed as chief credit officer of the Bank, to replace Glenn R. Bullard, who retired from his position as the Company’s and the Bank’s Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer.

 

We currently have six directors serving on the boards of each of the Company and the Bank, with one vacant seat on each board.  Our board members include Michael S. Addy, D. Singleton Bailey, Clay D. Brittain, III, James R. Clarkson, Tommie W. Grainger, and Gwyn G. McCutchen.  Following the closing of the private placement transaction, we anticipate having a board of directors of seven directors for each of the Company and the Bank, including three of the existing directors, Ms. Hollar, a director appointed by Castle Creek, and two directors appointed or recommended by other investors.  Prior regulatory approval must be obtained prior to the appointment of any new director.

 

Regulatory Matters

 

Consent Order. As a result of the Great Recession, the Bank entered into a Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the South Carolina Board of Financial Institutions (the “State Board”) on February 10, 2011, which, among other things, requires the Bank to achieve and maintain total risk based capital at least equal to 10% of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and to seek to sell or merge the Bank if it cannot satisfy or maintain the requisite capital. In addition, we are required to take certain other actions in the areas of capital, liquidity, asset quality, and interest rate risk management, as well as to file periodic reports with the FDIC and the State Board regarding our progress in complying with the Consent Order. 

 

Since 2011, the Company has attempted to raise capital in order to satisfy the Consent Order and has also sought other alternative options to improve the Bank’s financial condition, which has included significantly reducing expenses, shrinking the size of the Bank, selling assets, and exploring potential merger partners. We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with the Consent Order except for the requirement to increase the Bank’s capital ratios to levels noted above and that, upon the closing of the private placement transaction and the downstreaming of the additional capital to the Bank, we will be in substantial compliance with all of the terms of the Consent Order. Nevertheless, we do not expect to be released from the Consent Order until completion of a full examination cycle following the closing of the private placement transaction, which may take 12 to 18 months. There can be no assurances that this will happen or that the Consent Order will be lifted in a timely manner if we do satisfy its requirements upon the closing of this private placement transaction. Until the Consent Order is lifted, we will be subject to limits on our growth and on hiring additional personnel, among other restrictions. See Note 2 to our Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for more discussion of the Consent Order.

 

Written Agreement. Following the Consent Order, on May 9, 2011, the Company entered into a Written Agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. The Written Agreement is designed to enhance the Company’s ability to act as a source of strength to the Bank and contains provisions similar to those in the Consent Order. We believe we are currently in substantial compliance with the Written Agreement. See Note 2 to our Financial Statements included in this Annual Report for more discussion of the Written Agreement.

 

In addition, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has informed the Company that it is required to repay two notes to the Bank as soon as the Company has the funds available to do so for repayment of loans deemed made from the Bank to the Company. The Bank is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to these loans. The first note was originated on May 23, 2013 in the amount of $435,461 and accrued interest at prime. The second note originated on December 31, 2013 in the amount of $1,209,699 and also accrued interest at prime. The Company anticipates making a payment of approximately $1.8 million to the Bank shortly following the closing of the recapitalization.

Going Concern Considerations

 

We have prepared the consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report assuming that the Company will be able to continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. However, as a result of recurring losses, as well as uncertainties associated with the Bank’s ability to increase its capital levels to meet regulatory requirements, management has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. In its report dated March 30, 2016, our independent registered public accounting firm stated that these uncertainties raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, our shareholders, subordinated debt holders, and other securities holders will likely lose all of their investment in the Company. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 2-“Regulatory Matters, Going Concern Considerations and Recent Developments” to our Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report.

 

Our Strategic Plan

 

As a response to the Great Recession and the terms of the Consent Order and the Written Agreement, we adopted a new strategic plan, which included searching for additional capital or a potential merger partner, as well as taking steps to stabilize the Bank’s financial condition, including steps to reduce expenses, decrease the size of the Bank, and improve asset quality. Nevertheless, the Company lost $29.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. However, in 2013, the Company’s financial position finally began to stabilize, and for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded net income of $1.8 million and posted a net loss of only $291,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, our total assets had decreased to $361.5 million, with net loans of $204.8 million, deposits of $330.8 million, and shareholders’ deficit of $12.3 million, and for the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a net loss before preferred dividends of $246,000.

 

We believe the stabilization of our financial condition and the improving economy in the Myrtle Beach area helped position us to attract a substantial amount of new capital as part of a comprehensive recapitalization plan, and as described above, we have entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and the Investors, pursuant to which we expect to raise a total of $45 million in new capital through the private placement transaction, and into the repurchase agreements with the U.S. Treasury and Alesco, pursuant to which we will repurchase our outstanding Series T Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities at substantial discounts. We have also received final court approval of the class action settlement agreement, pursuant to which we will redeem our outstanding subordinated promissory notes at a substantial discount. The closing of the private placement transaction is subject to the receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for the repurchase or redemption of the Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes. We currently expect the private placement transaction will close in April 2016, although there can be no assurances that we will receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections and be able to close the transaction.

 

Following the closing of the private placement transaction, we will particularly focus on growth opportunities in the Myrtle Beach area. Three of our eight branches are located along the Atlantic coastline in the Myrtle Beach market area, and as of June 30, 2015, the most recent date for which FDIC deposit market share data is available, total deposits in Horry County were approximately $5.4 billion, an increase of approximately 6.4% from $5.1 billion as of June 30, 2014. At June 30, 2015, the Bank’s deposits represented 7.1% of the market, a decrease from 8.3% at June 30, 2014.

 

Following the closing of the private placement transaction, we also intend to evaluate various alternatives for liquidating or otherwise resolving our classified loans, which could include a potential sale of a substantial amount of our classified and most risky assets. A substantial portion of the proceeds of the private placement transaction will be downstreamed as additional capital to the Bank, returning the Bank’s capital ratios above those required by the Consent Order even after taking into account the anticipated losses we believe would result if we were to conduct a bulk sale of classified assets.

 

We will also continue to comply with the terms of the Consent Order and the Written Agreement. We believe that, upon the closing of the private placement transaction and the downstreaming of the additional capital to the Bank, we will be in substantial compliance with all of the terms of the Consent Order and the Written Agreement. In addition, if we were to conduct a bulk sale of classified assets, such sale may further reduce our risk profile and help position us for release from the Consent Order and Written Agreement. Nevertheless, we do not expect to be released from the Consent Order or the Written Agreement until completion of a full examination cycle following the closing of the offering, which may take 12 to 18 months. Until this time, we will be subject to limits on our growth and on hiring additional personnel.

Banking Services

 

We offer a full range of deposit services that are typically available in most banks and savings and loan associations, including checking accounts, NOW accounts, savings accounts, and time deposits of various types, ranging from daily money market accounts to longer-term certificates of deposit. The transaction accounts and time certificates are tailored to our principal market area at rates competitive to those offered in our market area. In addition, we offer certain retirement account services, such as Individual Retirement Accounts. All deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum amount allowed by law (generally, $250,000 per depositor, subject to aggregation rules). We solicit these accounts from individuals, businesses, associations and organizations, and governmental authorities.

 

Lending Activities

 

Presented below are our general lending activities. In accordance with the Bank’s efforts to restructure the balance sheet since entering into the Consent Order, the Bank has strictly limited any new lending, particularly with respect to commercial real estate loans. If we are able to close the private placement transaction, we intend to resume our lending efforts while maintaining a conservative approach.

 

General. We emphasize a range of lending services, including real estate, commercial, agricultural and consumer loans, to individuals and small to medium-sized businesses and professional concerns that are located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in our market area. The characteristics of our loan portfolio and our underwriting procedures, collateral types, risks, approval process and lending limits are discussed below.

 

Real Estate Loans. The primary component of our loan portfolio is loans collateralized by real estate, which made up approximately 84.2% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. Residential real estate loans were 35.9% of the portfolio. These loans are secured generally by first or second mortgages on residential, agricultural or commercial property and consist of commercial real estate loans and residential real estate loans (but exclude home equity loans, which are classified as consumer loans).

 

Due to concerns regarding the economic recession and our concentration of commercial real estate loans, we have focused on reducing the level of these types of loans in our portfolio over the last several years and will maintain a conservative lending strategy toward these types of loans if we are able to close the private placement transaction. Commercial real estate loans totaled $101.3 million, or 48.3% of the portfolio, at December 31, 2015, $30.5 million of which were construction and development type loans. Construction and development loans are secured by the real estate for which construction is planned.

 

Commercial Loans. At December 31, 2015, approximately 10.1% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans not including agricultural loans. Commercial loans consist of secured and unsecured loans, lines of credit, and working capital loans. We make these loans to various types of businesses. Included in this category are loans to purchase equipment, finance accounts receivable or inventory, and loans made for working capital purposes.

 

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans made up approximately 2.5% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. These are loans made to individuals for personal and household purposes, such as secured and unsecured installment and term loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and revolving lines of credit such as overdraft protection. Automobiles, recreational boats and small recreational vehicles are often pledged as collateral on secured consumer loans.

 

Agricultural Loans. Approximately 3.2% of our loan portfolio consisted of agricultural loans at December 31, 2015. These are loans made to individuals and businesses for agricultural purposes, including loans to finance crop production and livestock operating expenses, to purchase farm equipment, and to store crops. These loans are secured generally by liens on growing crops and farm equipment. Also included in this category are loans to agri-businesses, which are substantially similar to commercial loans, as discussed above.

 

Underwriting Procedures, Collateral, and Risk. Although we have generally restricted new lending while we have focused on restoring the Bank’s financial condition, if we are able to close the private placement transaction, we intend to resume our lending efforts while remaining attentive to disciplined underwriting practices and prudent credit risk management.

We use our established credit policies and procedures when underwriting each type of loan. Although there are minor variances in the characteristics and criteria for each loan type, which may require additional underwriting procedures, we generally evaluate borrowers using the following defined criteria:

 

●

Capacity – we evaluate the borrower’s ability to service the debt.

●

Capital – we evaluate the borrower’s overall financial strength, as well as the equity investment in the asset being financed.

●

Collateral – we evaluate whether the collateral is adequate from the standpoint of quality, marketability, value and income potential.

●

Character – we evaluate whether the borrower has sound character and integrity by examining the borrower’s history.

●

Conditions – we underwrite the credit in light of the effects of external factors, such as economic conditions and industry trends.

 

It is our practice to obtain collateral for most loans to help mitigate the risk associated with lending. We generally limit our loan-to-value ratio to 80%. For example, we obtain a security interest in real estate for loans secured by real estate. For commercial loans, we typically obtain security interests in equipment and other company assets. For agricultural loans, we typically obtain a security interest in growing crops, farm equipment, or real estate. For consumer loans used to purchase vehicles, we obtain appropriate title documentation. For secured loans that are not associated with real estate, or for which the mortgaged real estate does not provide an acceptable loan-to-value ratio, we typically obtain other available collateral such as stocks or savings accounts.

 

Every loan carries a credit risk, simply defined as the potential that the borrower will not be willing or able to repay the debt. While this risk is common to all loan types, each type of loan may carry risks that distinguish it from other loan types. The following paragraphs discuss certain risks that are associated with each of our loan types.

 

Each real estate loan is sensitive to fluctuations in the value of the real estate that secures that loan. Certain types of real estate loans have specific risk characteristics that vary according to the type of collateral that secures the loan, the terms of the loan, and the repayment sources for the loan. Construction and development real estate loans generally carry a higher degree of risk than long term financing of existing properties. These projects are usually dependent on the completion of the project on schedule and within cost estimates and on the timely sale of the property. Inferior or improper construction techniques, changes in economic conditions during the construction and marketing period, and rising interest rates which may slow the sale of the property are all risks unique to this type of loan. Residential mortgage loans, in contrast to commercial real estate loans, generally have longer terms and may have fixed or adjustable interest rates.

 

Commercial loans primarily have risk that the primary source of repayment will be insufficient to service the debt. Often this occurs as the result of changes in economic conditions in the location or industry in which the borrower operates which impact cash flow or collateral value. Consumer loans, other than home equity loan products, are generally considered to have more risk than loans to individuals secured by first or second mortgages on real estate due to dependence on the borrower’s employment status as the sole source of repayment. Agricultural loans carry the risk of crop failure, which adversely impacts both the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral, although we partially mitigate these risks by requiring the assignment of multi-peril crop insurance on all such loans.

 

By following defined underwriting criteria as noted above, we can help to reduce these risks. Additionally we help to reduce the risk that the underlying collateral may not be sufficient to pay the outstanding balance by using appraisals or taking other steps to determine that the value of the collateral is adequate, and lending amounts based upon lower loan-to-value ratios. We also control risks by reducing the concentration of our loan portfolio in any one type of loan.

 

Loan Approval and Review. Our loan approval policies provide for various levels of officer lending authority. When the amount of aggregate loans to a single borrower exceeds that individual officer’s lending authority, the loan request is considered by an officer with a higher lending limit. Any loan in excess of this lending limit is approved by the directors’ loan committee. We do not make any loans to any of our directors or executive officers unless the loan is approved by a three-fourth’s vote of the board of directors of the Bank and is made on terms not more favorable to such person than would be available to a person not affiliated with us. Aggregate credit in excess of 10% of the Bank’s aggregate capital, surplus, retained earnings, and reserve for loan losses must be approved by a three-fourth’s vote of our Bank’s board of directors.

 

Residential Mortgage Loans. We offer a variety of residential mortgage lending products, including loans with fixed rates for fifteen and thirty years as well as adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs). Typically, we close these loans with funds provided by a secondary market investor, although we may close them in the Bank’s name under a pre-approved commitment to sell the loans to an investor within a few weeks from the date the loan is closed.

Lending Limits. Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by federal law. While differing limits apply to certain loan types or borrowers, in general we are subject to a loan-to-one-borrower limit. These limits increase or decrease as our capital increases or decreases. Unless we sell participations in loans to other financial institutions, we are not able to meet all of the lending needs of loan customers requiring aggregate extensions of credit above these limits. If we are able to complete the recapitalization, our lending limits will increase and enable us to better meet the needs of our loan customers.

 

Other Banking and Related Services

 

Other services which are offered by the Bank include cash management services, sweep accounts, repurchase agreements, mobile banking, remote deposit capture, safe deposit boxes, travelers checks, direct deposit of payroll and social security checks, online banking and automatic drafts for various accounts. We are associated with a shared network of automated teller machines that may be used by our customers throughout South Carolina and other regions. One of our non-executive officers is a registered representative of Investment Professionals Inc. (IPI), and through this individual, we offer investments in securities and other non-deposit investment products. We also offer MasterCard and VISA credit card services through a third party vendor. We continue to seek and evaluate opportunities to offer additional financial services to our customers.

 

Location and Service Area

 

Our primary markets include Horry County, South Carolina and the southern portions of Columbus and Brunswick Counties, North Carolina. Many of the banks in these areas are branches of large regional banks. Although size gives the larger banks certain advantages in competing for business from large corporations, including higher lending limits and the ability to offer services in other areas of South Carolina and North Carolina, we believe that there is a void in the community banking market in our market that we can fill. We generally do not attempt to compete for the banking relationships of large corporations, but concentrate our efforts on small- to medium-sized businesses, individuals, and farmers.

 

Competition

 

The banking business is highly competitive. We compete with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and money market mutual funds operating in our service area and elsewhere. According to the FDIC data as of June 30, 2015, there were 21 financial institutions operating in Horry County, South Carolina, 12 financial institutions operating in Brunswick County, North Carolina, and 6 financial institutions operating in Columbus County, North Carolina.

 

We believe that our community bank focus, with our emphasis on service to small businesses, individuals, farmers and professional concerns, gives us an advantage in our markets. Nevertheless, a number of these competitors are well established in our service area. Some of the larger financial companies in our markets may have greater resources than we have, which afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we offer. Banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries that are not subject to bank regulatory restrictions may have larger lending limits that allow them to serve the lending needs of larger customers. Because larger competitors have advantages in attracting business from larger corporations, we do not generally compete for that business. Instead, we concentrate our efforts on attracting the business of individuals and small and medium-size businesses. With regard to such accounts, we generally compete on the basis of customer service and responsiveness to customer needs, the convenience of our branches and hours, and the availability and pricing of our products and services.

 

Employees

 

As of March 23, 2016, we had 90 full-time employees. We are not a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

Both the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive state and federal banking laws and regulations that impose specific requirements and restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of their operations. These laws and regulations generally are intended to protect depositors and not shareholders. The following summary is qualified by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed. Changes in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on our business and prospects. Our operations may be affected by legislative changes and the policies of various regulatory authorities. We cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, economic control, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.

 

The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on our operations. It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

 

Legislative and Regulatory Developments

 

Although the financial crisis has now passed, two legislative and regulatory responses – the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the Basel III-based capital rules – will continue to have an impact on our operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act specifically impacts financial institutions in numerous ways, including:

 

●

The creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council responsible for monitoring and managing systemic risk;

 

●

Granting additional authority to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve”) to regulate certain types of non-bank financial companies;

 

●

Granting new authority to the FDIC as liquidator and receiver;

 

●

Changing the manner in which deposit insurance assessments are made;

 

●

Requiring regulators to modify capital standards;

 

●

Establishing the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”);

 

●

Capping interchange fees that banks with assets of $10 billion or more charge merchants for debit card transactions;

 

●

Imposing more stringent requirements on mortgage lenders; and

 

●

Limiting banks’ proprietary trading activities.

 

There are many provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act mandating regulators to adopt new regulations and conduct studies upon which future regulation may be based. While some have been issued, many remain to be issued. Governmental intervention and new regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Basel Capital Standards. Regulatory capital rules released in July 2013 to implement capital standards, referred to as Basel III and developed by an international body known as the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, impose higher minimum capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. The rules apply to all national and state banks and savings associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies with $500 million or more in total consolidated assets. More stringent requirements are imposed on “advanced approaches” banking organizations-those organizations with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets, $10 billion or more in total foreign exposures, or that have opted in to the Basel II capital regime. The requirements in the rule began to phase in on January 1, 2015 for the Bank, and the requirements in the rule will be fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

The rule includes certain new and higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those currently in place. Specifically, the following minimum capital requirements apply to the Bank:

 

●

a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%;

●

a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% (increased from the former 4% requirement);

●

a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from the former requirement); and

●

a leverage ratio of 4% (also unchanged from the former requirement).

 

Under the rule, Tier 1 capital is redefined to include two components: Common Equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The new and highest form of capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in Tier 1 capital, such as noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. Tier 2 capital consists of instruments that currently qualify in Tier 2 capital plus instruments that the rule has disqualified from Tier 1 capital treatment. Cumulative perpetual preferred stock, formerly includable in Tier 1 capital, is now included only in Tier 2 capital. Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) is presumptively included in Common Equity Tier 1 capital and often would operate to reduce this category of capital. The rule provided a one-time opportunity at the end of the first quarter of 2015 for covered banking organizations to opt out of much of this treatment of AOCI. We made this opt-out election and, as a result, will retain the pre-existing treatment for AOCI.

 

In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of Tier 1 Common Equity, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer will be phased in incrementally over time, becoming fully effective on January 1, 2019, and will consist of an additional amount of common equity equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. As of January 1, 2016, the Bank is required to hold a capital conservation buffer of 0.625%, increasing by that amount each successive year until 2019.

 

In general, the rules have had the effect of increasing capital requirements by increasing the risk weights on certain assets, including high volatility commercial real estate, certain loans past due 90 days or more or in nonaccrual status, mortgage servicing rights not includable in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, equity exposures, and claims on securities firms, that are used in the denominator of the three risk-based capital ratios.

 

Volcker Rule. Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, known as the “Volcker Rule,” prohibits any bank, bank holding company, or affiliate (referred to collectively as “banking entities”) from engaging in two types of activities: “proprietary trading” and the ownership or sponsorship of private equity or hedge funds that are referred to as “covered funds.” Proprietary trading, in general, is trading in securities on a short-term basis for a banking entity’s own account. Funds subject to the ownership and sponsorship prohibition are those not required to register with the SEC because they have only accredited investors or no more than 100 investors. In December 2013, our primary federal regulators, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC, together with other federal banking agencies, the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, finalized a regulation to implement the Volcker Rule. At December 31, 2015, the Company has evaluated our securities portfolio and has determined that we do not hold any covered funds.

 

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

 

From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

HCSB Financial Corporation

 

We own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, and therefore we are considered to be a bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). As a result, we are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act and its regulations promulgated thereunder. As a bank holding company located in South Carolina, we are also subject to the South Carolina Banking and Branching Efficiency Act and the State Board also regulates and monitors all significant aspects of our operations.

 

Permitted Activities. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a bank holding company is generally permitted to engage in, or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in, the following activities:

 

●

banking or managing or controlling banks;

 

●

furnishing services to or performing services for our subsidiaries; and

 

●

any activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking.

 

Activities that the Federal Reserve has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking include:

 

●

factoring accounts receivable;

 

●

making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;

 

●

leasing personal or real property;

 

●

operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association;

 

●

trust company functions;

 

●

financial and investment advisory activities;

 

●

conducting discount securities brokerage activities;

 

●

underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments;

 

●

providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;

 

●

performing selected data processing services and support services;

 

●

acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and

 

●

performing selected insurance underwriting activities.

 

As a bank holding company we also can elect to be treated as a “financial holding company,” which would allow us to engage in a broader array of activities. A financial holding company can engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities, including insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities, financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities. We have not sought financial holding company status, but may elect such status in the future as our business matures. If we were to elect in writing for financial holding company status, each insured depository institution we control would have to be well capitalized, well managed and have at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) (discussed below).

 

The Federal Reserve has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of it or any of its bank subsidiaries.

Change in Control. Two statutes, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with regulations promulgated under them, require some form of regulatory review before any company may acquire “control” of a bank or a bank holding company. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, control is deemed to exist if a company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company; controls the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors; or exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or bank holding company. In guidance issued in 2008, the Federal Reserve has stated that an investor generally will not be viewed as having a controlling influence over a bank holding company when the investor holds, in aggregate, less than 33% of the total equity of a bank or bank holding company (voting and nonvoting equity), provided such investor’s ownership does not include 15% or more of any class of voting securities. Prior Federal Reserve approval is necessary before an entity acquires sufficient control to become a bank holding company. Natural persons, certain non-business trusts, and other entities are not treated as companies (or bank holding companies), and their acquisitions are not subject to review under the Bank Holding Company Act. State laws generally, including South Carolina law, require state approval before an acquirer may become the holding company of a state bank.

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a person or company is generally required to file a notice with the Federal Reserve if it will, as a result of the transaction, own or control 10% or more of any class of voting securities or direct the management or policies of a bank or bank holding company and either if the bank or bank holding company has registered securities or if the acquirer would be the largest holder of that class of voting securities after the acquisition. For a change in control at the holding company level, both the Federal Reserve and the subsidiary bank’s primary federal regulator must approve the change in control; at the bank level, only the bank’s primary federal regulator is involved. Transactions subject to the Bank Holding Company Act are exempt from Change in Control Act requirements. For state banks, state laws, including that of South Carolina, typically require approval by the state bank regulator as well.

 

Source of Strength. There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed by law and regulatory policy on bank holding companies with regard to their depository institution subsidiaries that are designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and to the FDIC insurance funds in the event that the depository institution becomes in danger of defaulting under its obligations to repay deposits. Under policy of the Federal Reserve, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), to avoid receivership of its insured depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” within the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.

 

The Federal Reserve also has the authority under the Bank Holding Company Act to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company. Further, federal law grants federal bank regulatory authorities additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition.

 

In addition, the “cross guarantee” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) require insured depository institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC’s claim for damages is superior to claims of shareholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

 

The FDIA also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution by any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution prior to payment of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or shareholder. This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and shareholders in the event a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of our Bank.

Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve has adopted capital guidelines pursuant to which it assesses the adequacy of capital in examining and supervising a bank holding company and in analyzing applications under the Bank Holding Company Act. These guidelines apply on a consolidated basis to bank holding companies with $500 million or more in assets, or with fewer assets but certain risky activities, and on a bank-only basis to other companies. These bank holding company capital adequacy guidelines are similar to those imposed by the FDIC on the Bank. For a bank holding company with less than $500 million in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, the capital guidelines apply on a bank only basis and the Federal Reserve expects the holding company’s subsidiary banks to be well capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) approved revisions to their capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules to implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. For additional information, see the section below entitled “Horry County State Bank— Prompt Corrective Action.”

 

Subject to our capital requirements and certain other restrictions, we are able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to the Bank, and these loans may be repaid from dividends paid from the Bank to the Company. Our ability to pay dividends depends on, among other things, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, which is subject to regulatory restrictions as described below in the section entitled “Horry County State Bank—Dividends.” We are also able to raise capital for contribution to the Bank by issuing securities without having to receive regulatory approval, subject to compliance with federal and state securities laws.

 

South Carolina State Regulation. As a South Carolina bank holding company under the South Carolina Banking and Branching Efficiency Act, we are subject to limitations on sale or merger and to regulation by the State Board. We are not required to obtain the approval of the South Carolina Board prior to acquiring the capital stock of a national bank, but we must notify them at least 15 days prior to doing so. We must receive the State Board’s approval prior to engaging in the acquisition of a South Carolina state chartered bank or another South Carolina bank holding company.

 

Horry County State Bank

 

As a South Carolina state bank, the Bank’s primary federal regulator is the FDIC, and the Bank is also regulated and subject to examination by the State Board. Deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount of $250,000. The FDIC insurance coverage limit applies per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership category.

 

The State Board and the FDIC regulate or monitor virtually all areas of the Bank’s operations, including:

 

●

security devices and procedures;

 

●

adequacy of capitalization and loss reserves;

 

●

loans;

 

●

investments;

 

●

borrowings;

 

●

deposits;

 

●

mergers;

 

●

issuances of securities;

 

●

payment of dividends;

 

●

interest rates payable on deposits;

 

●

interest rates or fees chargeable on loans;

 

●

establishment of branches;

●

corporate reorganizations;

 

●

maintenance of books and records; and

 

●

adequacy of staff training to carry on safe lending and deposit gathering practices.

 

These agencies, and the federal and state laws applicable to the Bank’s operations, extensively regulate various aspects of our banking business, including, among other things, permissible types and amounts of loans, investments and other activities, capital adequacy, branching, interest rates on loans and on deposits, the maintenance of reserves on demand deposit liabilities, and the safety and soundness of our banking practices.

 

All insured institutions must undergo regular on-site examinations by their appropriate banking agency. The cost of examinations of insured depository institutions and any affiliates may be assessed by the appropriate federal banking agency against each institution or affiliate as it deems necessary or appropriate. Insured institutions are required to submit annual reports to the FDIC, their federal regulatory agency, and state supervisor when applicable. The FDIC has developed a method for insured depository institutions to provide supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities, to the extent feasible and practicable, in any balance sheet, financial statement, report of condition or any other report of any insured depository institution. The FDIC and the other federal banking regulatory agencies also have issued standards for all insured depository institutions relating, among other things, to the following:

 

●

internal controls;

●

information systems and audit systems;

●

loan documentation;

●

credit underwriting;

●

interest rate risk exposure; and

●

asset quality.

 

Prompt Corrective Action. As an insured depository institution, the Bank is required to comply with the capital requirements promulgated under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the prompt corrective action regulations thereunder, which set forth five capital categories, each with specific regulatory consequences. Under these regulations, the categories are:

 

●

Well Capitalized — The institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. A well capitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater and (v) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.

 

●

Adequately Capitalized — The institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. No capital distribution may be made that would result in the institution becoming undercapitalized. An adequately capitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, and (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater.

 

●

Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. An undercapitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5%, or (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of less than 4%.

 

●

Significantly Undercapitalized — The institution is significantly below the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. A significantly undercapitalized institution (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, (iii) has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3%, or (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%.

 

●

Critically Undercapitalized — The institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the appropriate federal banking agency. A critically undercapitalized institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

If the FDIC determines, after notice and an opportunity for hearing, that a bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition, the regulator is authorized to reclassify the bank to the next lower capital category (other than critically undercapitalized) and require the submission of a plan to correct the unsafe or unsound condition.

 

If a bank is not well capitalized, it cannot accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. In addition, a bank that is not well capitalized cannot offer an effective yield in excess of 75 basis points over interest paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity in such institution’s normal market area for deposits accepted from within its normal market area, or national rate paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity for deposits accepted outside the bank’s normal market area. Moreover, the FDIC generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be categorized as undercapitalized. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations (an undercapitalized institution may not acquire another institution, establish additional branch offices or engage in any new line of business unless determined by the appropriate federal banking agency to be consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, or unless the FDIC determines that the proposed action will further the purpose of prompt corrective action) and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept a capital restoration plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with the capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became categorized as undercapitalized or the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is categorized as significantly undercapitalized.

 

Significantly undercapitalized categorized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become categorized as adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. The appropriate federal banking agency may take any action authorized for a significantly undercapitalized institution if an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails in any material respect to implement a plan accepted by the agency. A critically undercapitalized institution is subject to having a receiver or conservator appointed to manage its affairs and for loss of its charter to conduct banking activities.

 

An insured depository institution may not pay a management fee to a bank holding company controlling that institution or any other person having control of the institution if, after making the payment, the institution would be undercapitalized. In addition, an institution cannot make a capital distribution, such as a dividend or other distribution, that is in substance a distribution of capital to the owners of the institution if following such a distribution the institution would be undercapitalized. Thus, if payment of such a management fee or the making of such would cause a bank to become undercapitalized, it could not pay a management fee or dividend to the bank holding company.

 

At December 31, 2015, our Bank was “significantly undercapitalized” under the capital requirements as set per bank regulatory agencies. However, as discussed above, on March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and certain other investors pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction and to use the net proceeds of the private placement transaction to, among other things, recapitalize the Bank and increase its capital ratios to meet the higher minimum capital ratios required under the terms of the Consent Order. The closing of the private placement transaction is subject to the receipt of necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for the repurchase or redemption of the Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. The FDIA also requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to prescribe, by regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems, and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; and (v) asset growth. The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation, as well as standards for compensation, fees, and benefits. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations and Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement these required standards. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. Under the regulations, if the FDIC determines that the Bank fails to meet any standards prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the Bank to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the FDIC. The final regulations establish deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. Various legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The Company and the Bank are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W.

 

Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act places limits on the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Furthermore, within the foregoing limitations as to amount, each covered transaction must meet specified collateral requirements. The Bank is forbidden from purchasing low quality assets from an affiliate.

 

Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. If there are no comparable transactions, a bank’s (or one of its subsidiaries’) affiliate transaction must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, nonaffiliated companies. These requirements apply to all transactions subject to Section 23A as well as to certain other transactions.

 

The affiliates of a bank include any holding company of the bank, any other company under common control with the bank (including any company controlled by the same shareholders who control the bank), any subsidiary of the bank that is itself a bank, any company in which the majority of the directors or trustees also constitute a majority of the directors or trustees of the bank or holding company of the bank, any company sponsored and advised on a contractual basis by the bank or an affiliate, and any mutual fund advised by a bank or any of the bank’s affiliates. Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

 

The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, certain principal shareholders, and their related interests. Extensions of credit include derivative transactions, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions to the extent that such transactions cause a bank to have credit exposure to an insider. Any extension of credit to an insider (i) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated third parties and (ii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

 

Branching. Under current South Carolina law, the Bank may open branch offices throughout South Carolina with the prior approval of the State Board. In addition, with prior regulatory approval, the Bank is able to acquire existing banking operations in South Carolina. Furthermore, federal legislation permits interstate branching, including out-of-state acquisitions by bank holding companies, interstate branching by banks, and interstate merging by banks. The Dodd-Frank Act removes previous state law restrictions on de novo interstate branching in states such as South Carolina. This change permits out-of-state banks to open de novo branches in states where the laws of the state where the de novo branch to be opened would permit a bank chartered by that state to open a de novo branch.

 

Anti-Tying Restrictions. Under amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act and Federal Reserve regulations, a bank is prohibited from engaging in certain tying or reciprocity arrangements with its customers. In general, a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property, or furnish any services or fix or vary the consideration for these on the condition that (i) the customer obtain or provide some additional credit, property, or services from or to the bank, the bank holding company or subsidiaries thereof or (ii) the customer may not obtain some other credit, property, or services from a competitor, except to the extent reasonable conditions are imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended. Certain arrangements are permissible: a bank may offer combined-balance products and may otherwise offer more favorable terms if a customer obtains two or more traditional bank products; and certain foreign transactions are exempt from the general rule. Bank holding companies and bank affiliates are also subject to anti-tying requirements in connection with electronic benefit transfer services.

 

Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA requires that the FDIC evaluate the record of the Bank in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. These factors are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on our Bank.

The Gramm Leach Bliley Act (the “GLBA”) made various changes to the CRA. Among other changes CRA agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual CRA reports must be made available to a bank’s primary federal regulator. A bank holding company will not be permitted to become a financial holding company and no new activities authorized under the GLBA may be commenced by a holding company or by a bank financial subsidiary if any of its bank subsidiaries received less than a satisfactory CRA rating in its latest CRA examination.

 

On January 1, 2015, the date of the most recent examination, the Bank received a satisfactory CRA rating.

 

Finance Subsidiaries. Under the GLBA, subject to certain conditions imposed by their respective banking regulators, national and state-chartered banks are permitted to form “financial subsidiaries” that may conduct financial or incidental activities, thereby permitting bank subsidiaries to engage in certain activities that previously were impermissible. The GLBA imposes several safeguards and restrictions on financial subsidiaries, including that the parent bank’s equity investment in the financial subsidiary be deducted from the bank’s assets and tangible equity for purposes of calculating the bank’s capital adequacy. In addition, the GLBA imposes new restrictions on transactions between a bank and its financial subsidiaries similar to restrictions applicable to transactions between banks and non-bank affiliates. As of December 31, 2015, the Company did not have any financial subsidiaries.

 

Consumer Protection Regulations. Activities of the Bank are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. The Bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions such as:

 

●

the federal Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

●

the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

●

the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

●

the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections and certain credit and other disclosures;

 

●

the Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

 

●

the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

 

The deposit operations of the Bank also are subject to:

 

●

the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, which, among other things, limits the amount of deposit insurance available per account to $250,000 and imposes other limits on deposit-taking;

 

●

the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

●

the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

 

●

the Truth in Savings Act and Regulation DD, which requires depository institutions to provide disclosures so that consumers can make meaningful comparisons about depository institutions and accounts.

Enforcement Powers. The Bank and its “institution-affiliated parties,” including its management, employees, agents, independent contractors, and consultants such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs, are subject to potential civil and criminal penalties for violations of law, regulations or written orders of a government agency. These practices can include the failure of an institution to timely file required reports or the filing of false or misleading information or the submission of inaccurate reports. Civil penalties may be as high as $1,000,000 a day for such violations. Criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes have been increased to 20 years. In addition, regulators are provided with greater flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties. Possible enforcement actions include the termination of deposit insurance. Furthermore, banking agencies’ power to issue cease-and-desist orders were expanded. Such orders may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions as determined by the ordering agency to be appropriate.

 

Anti-Money Laundering. Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. The Company and the Bank are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and “knowing your customer” in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks. Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially strengthened as a result of the USA Patriot Act, enacted in 2001 and renewed in 2006. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications. The regulatory authorities have been active in imposing “cease and desist” orders and money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

 

USA PATRIOT Act/Bank Secrecy Act. Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. The USA PATRIOT Act, amended, in part, the Bank Secrecy Act and provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering by enhancing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: (i) standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; (ii) rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (iii) reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the U.S. Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and (iv) suspicious activities reports by brokers and dealers if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations and enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.

 

Under the USA PATRIOT Act, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (“FBI”) can send our banking regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities. The Bank can be requested to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists. If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report and contact the FBI.

 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is a division of the U.S. Treasury, is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI. The Bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The Bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The Bank performs these checks utilizing software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

Privacy, Data Security, and Credit Reporting. Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information. Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties except under narrow circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer. Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing to consumers. It is the Bank’s policy not to disclose any personal information unless required by law.

 

Recent cyber attacks against banks and other institutions that resulted in unauthorized access to confidential customer information have prompted the Federal banking agencies to issue several warnings and extensive guidance on cyber security. The agencies are likely to devote more resources to this part of their safety and soundness examination than they have in the past.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”) and the implementing regulations of the federal banking agencies and Federal Trade Commission, the Bank is required to have in place an “identity theft red flags” program to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft. The Bank has implemented an identity theft red flags program designed to meet the requirements of the FACT Act and the joint final rules. Additionally, the FACT Act amends the Fair Credit Reporting Act to generally prohibit a person from using information received from an affiliate to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to opt out of the making of such solicitations.

 

Payment of Dividends. A South Carolina state bank may not pay dividends from its capital. All dividends must be paid out of undivided profits then on hand, after deducting expenses, including reserves for losses and bad debts. In addition, under the FDICIA, the Bank may not pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the Bank would be undercapitalized. As described above, on February 10, 2011, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the State Board which, among other things, prohibits the Bank from declaring or paying any dividends on its shares of common stock without the prior approval of the supervisory authorities.

 

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies. Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have major effects upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

 

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the insurance fund. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions, after giving a bank’s regulatory authority an opportunity to take such action, and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

 

FDIC insured institutions are required to pay a Financing Corporation assessment to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. The Financing Corporation quarterly assessment for the fourth quarter of 2015 equaled 1.45 basis points for each $100 of average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. These assessments, which may be revised based upon the level of deposits, will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.

 

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is not aware of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance.

Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC issued a comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors.

 

The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act required the federal banking agencies, the SEC, and certain other federal agencies to jointly issue a regulation on incentive compensation. The agencies proposed such a rule in 2011, which reflects the 2010 guidance, but the agencies have not finalized the rule as of December 31, 2015.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks, or other risks that have not been identified or which we believe are immaterial or unlikely. Shareholders should carefully consider the risks described below in conjunction with the other information in this Form 10-K and the information incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We have an immediate need to raise capital, and there can be no assurance that the recently announced private placement will be completed on a timely basis, on anticipated terms, or at all.

 

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. Pursuant to the Consent Order, the Bank is required to achieve Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and Total Risk-Based capital at least equal to 10% of total risk-weighted assets. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 capital of 4.67% of total risk-weighted assets, Total Risk-Based capital of 5.92% of total risk-weighted assets, and a leverage ratio of 3.28%. Consequently, as of December 31, 2015, the Bank is not in compliance with the minimum capital requirements established in the Consent Order and is designated as “significantly undercapitalized.” As a result, we have an immediate need to raise capital.

 

We have been seeking to raise additional capital or find a merger partner since the imposition of the Consent Order. On March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and certain other Investors pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction. The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement transaction to complete the repurchase and redemption of the Series T Preferred Stock, the trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes, each as described above, and to recapitalize the Bank and increase its capital ratios to meet the higher minimum capital ratios required under the terms of the Consent Order. The closing of the private placement transaction is subject to closing conditions, including the receipt of necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for the repurchase and redemption of the Series T Preferred Stock, the trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes.

 

We believe that following the closing of the recapitalization, we will be in a position to address the outstanding issues under the Consent Order and the Written Agreement, including increasing our minimum capital ratios to levels above the statutory definition of “well-capitalized.” At that point, we will ask the FDIC and the State Board to conduct an examination of the Bank and release us from the Consent Order and ask the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond to release us from the Written Agreement. However, there can be no assurances that this will happen or that either the Consent Order or the Written Agreement will be lifted in a timely manner if we do satisfy its requirements upon the closing of such transactions. In addition, each of these transactions is subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that the Company will obtain these approvals or complete such transactions. If these transactions are not consummated as expected, the Company will again review all strategic alternatives available to it, including seeking a merger partner or raising additional capital, but it is unlikely that we would be successful in doing so. If we cannot close these transactions, find a merger partner or raise additional capital to meet the minimum capital requirements set forth under the Consent Order, or if we suffer a continued deterioration in our financial condition, we may be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC. If this were to occur, then our shareholders, our subordinated debt holders and our other securities holders will lose their investments in the Company.

 

We are subject to a Consent Order and a Written Agreement that require us to take certain actions and limit the actions we can take, and if we do not comply with the Consent Order and the Written Agreement, or if our condition continues to deteriorate, our Bank may be placed in a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC which would cause our shareholders, our subordinated debt holders, and our other securities holders to lose their investments in the Company.

 

On February 10, 2011, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the State Board, which contains, among other things, a requirement that our Bank achieve and maintain minimum capital requirements that exceed the minimum regulatory capital ratios for “well-capitalized” banks. Under this enforcement action, the Bank may no longer accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits. In addition, under the Consent Order, we are required to obtain FDIC approval before making certain payments to departing executives and before adding new directors or senior executives. Our regulators have considerable discretion in whether to grant required approvals, and no assurance can be given that such approvals would be forthcoming. In addition, we are required to take certain other actions in the areas of capital, liquidity, asset quality, and interest rate risk management, as well as to file periodic reports with the FDIC and the State Board regarding our progress in complying with the Consent Order.

On May 9, 2011, the Company entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. The Written Agreement is designed to enhance the Company’s ability to act as a source of strength to the Bank and contains provisions similar to those in the Bank’s Consent Order.

 

We believe that following the closing of the recapitalization, we will be in a position to address the outstanding issues under the Consent Order and the Written Agreement, including increasing our minimum capital ratios to levels above the statutory definition of “well-capitalized.” At that point, we will ask the FDIC and the State Board to conduct an examination of the Bank and release us from the Consent Order and ask the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond to release us from the Written Agreement. However, there can be no assurances that this will happen or that either the Consent Order or the Written Consent will be lifted in a timely manner if we do satisfy its requirements upon the closing of such transactions. If the Bank were to fall to “critically undercapitalized,” then the FDIC would be required to place the Bank into conservatorship or receivership within 90 days of the Bank becoming critically undercapitalized, unless the FDIC determined that “other action” would better achieve the purposes of the FDIC’s prompt corrective action capital requirements. The Bank will be deemed to be critically undercapitalized if its leverage ratio falls below 2.0%. The Bank’s leverage ratio was 3.28% at December 31, 2015. If the Bank were to be taken into receivership, then our shareholders, our subordinated debt holders, and our other securities holders will lose their investments in the Company.

 

There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We have prepared the consolidated financial statements contained in this annual report assuming that the Company will be able to continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. However, as a result of recurring losses, as well as uncertainties associated with the Bank’s ability to increase its capital levels to meet regulatory requirements, management has concluded that there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. In its most recent report dated March 30, 2016, our independent registered public accounting firm stated that these uncertainties raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, our shareholders, subordinated debt holders, and other securities holders will likely lose all of their investment in the Company.

 

As noted above, on March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and certain other investors pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction. The closing of the private placement transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for the repurchase or redemption of the Company’s Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes. The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement transaction to complete the repurchases and redemptions and to recapitalize the Bank and increase its capital ratios to meet the higher minimum capital ratios required under the terms of the Consent Order. At that point, we will ask the FDIC and the State Board to conduct an examination of the Bank and release us from the Consent Order and ask the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond to release us from the Written Agreement. However, there can be no assurances that this will happen or that either the Consent Order or the Written Agreement will be lifted in a timely manner if we do satisfy its requirements upon the closing of such transactions. In addition, each of these transactions is subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that the Company will obtain these approvals or complete the private placement transaction and the repurchases. If these transactions are not consummated as expected, the Company will again review all strategic alternatives available to it, including seeking a merger partner or raising additional capital, but it is unlikely that we would be successful in doing so. If we cannot close these transactions, find a merger partner, or raise additional capital to meet the minimum capital requirements set forth under the Consent Order, or if we suffer a continued deterioration in our financial condition, we may be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC. If this were to occur, then our shareholders, our subordinated debt holders and our other securities holders will lose their investments in the Company.

 

Our right to defer the payment of interest on our outstanding trust preferred securities expired on March 15, 2016 and the holders of our trust preferred securities can now declare the principal of such securities due, which could force us into involuntary bankruptcy.

 

As required by the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, beginning in March 2011, we began exercising our right to defer all quarterly distributions on our trust preferred securities. We were permitted to defer these interest payments for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, although interest continued to accrue on the trust preferred securities and interest on such deferred interest also accrued and compounded quarterly from the date such deferred interest would have been payable were it not for the extension period. All of the deferred interest, including interest accrued on such deferred interest, was due and payable at the end of the applicable deferral period, which was on March 15, 2016. At December 31, 2015, total accrued interest equaled $901 thousand, and total accrued interest as of March 15, 2016 was approximately $950 thousand.

On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with Alesco, pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all of its trust preferred securities for an aggregate cash payment of $600,000, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Alesco not to exceed $25,000. Alesco also agreed to forgive the accrued and unpaid interest on the trust preferred securities. The securities purchase agreement is subject to closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approval of the transaction. Alesco has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the securities purchase agreement in the event that any closing condition is not satisfied within 45 days of the date of the securities purchase agreement. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction. However, if we are unable to close the repurchase in a timely manner, because, the Company is in default under the terms of the indenture related to the trust preferred securities, the trustee or Alesco, by providing written notice to the Company, may declare the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable.

 

A notice of default was received from the trustee on March 16, 2016, on which the total principal amount outstanding on the trust preferred securities plus accrued and unpaid interest was $7.1 million. The trust preferred securities are junior to the subordinated notes, so the trust preferred securities cannot be repaid prior to repayment of the subordinated promissory notes. A declaration of the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable by the trustee or Alesco could force us into involuntary bankruptcy.

 

We may lose a significant portion of our net operating loss carry-forwards. 

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had a material amount of net operating loss (“NOL”) carry-forwards for federal and state income tax purposes which, generally, can be used to reduce future taxable income. Although we have established a valuation allowance against 100% of our deferred tax assets, these NOL carry-forwards would still be available to reduce future taxable income.  However, our use of our NOL carry-forwards would be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code if we were to undergo a change in ownership under IRS rules of more than 50% of our capital stock over a three-year period.  These complex change of ownership rules generally focus on ownership changes involving shareholders owning directly or indirectly 5% or more of our stock, including those arising from new stock issuances and other equity transactions. The private placement transaction has been structured by the parties to avoid being deemed a change in ownership under the IRS rules and the Company is continuing to work with its legal and accounting advisors to evaluate methods to preserve its deferred tax assets.  For instance, investors purchasing shares in the private placement transaction will be required to provide notice to Company prior to selling their shares at any time during the three years following the closing of this offering so that the Company can analyze whether the proposed sale could have an adverse tax impact on the Company.  Nevertheless, there is a risk that we will experience a change in ownership in connection with this offering.  If we experience an ownership change, the resulting annual limit on the use of our NOL carry-forwards could result in a meaningful increase in our federal and state income tax liability in future years.

 

If our nonperforming assets increase, our earnings will be adversely affected.

 

At December 31, 2015, our nonperforming assets (which consist of nonaccruing loans, loans 90 days or more past due, and other real estate owned) totaled $22.4 million, or 6.19% of total assets. At December 31, 2014, our nonperforming assets were $31.3 million, or 7.43% of total assets. Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways:

 

●

We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans or real estate owned.

 

●

We must provide for probable loan losses through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses.

 

●

Noninterest expense increases when we must write down the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect declining market values.

 

●

There are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets, as well as carrying costs, such as taxes, insurance, and maintenance fees related to other real estate owned.

 

●

The resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity.

 

If additional borrowers become delinquent and do not pay their loans and we are unable to successfully manage our nonperforming assets, our losses and troubled assets could increase significantly, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. As described above, if the Bank’s leverage ratio falls below 2.0%, which could happen if we suffer additional loan losses or losses in our other real estate owned portfolio, then the Bank will be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC.

We have sustained losses from a decline in credit quality and may see further losses.

 

Our ability to generate earnings is significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. In recent years we sustained historically abnormal losses primarily because borrowers, guarantors or related parties failed to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans and we failed to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner. We could sustain additional future losses for these same reasons. Further problems with credit quality or asset quality could cause our interest income and net interest margin to further decrease, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and could cause our leverage ratio to fall below 2.0%. Although we believe credit quality indicators continue to show signs of stabilization, deterioration in the coastal South Carolina real estate market as a whole may cause management to adjust its opinion of the level of credit quality in our loan portfolio. Such a determination may lead to an additional increase in our provisions for loan losses, which could also adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could hurt our business.

 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. As of December 31, 2015, approximately 84.2% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. Deterioration of the real estate market in our market areas, and particularly in our Myrtle Beach market area, could result in an increase in the number of borrowers who default on their loans and a reduction in the value of the collateral securing their loans, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our profitability and asset quality. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected. Acts of nature, including hurricanes, tornados, earthquakes, fires and floods, each of which may be exacerbated by global climate change and may cause uninsured damage and other loss of value to real estate that secures these loans, may also negatively impact our financial condition.

 

We have a concentration of credit exposure in commercial real estate and challenges faced by the commercial real estate market could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $101.3 million in loans outstanding to borrowers in which the collateral securing the loan was commercial real estate, representing approximately 48.3% of our total loans outstanding as of that date. Approximately 33.0% of this real estate are owner-occupied properties. Commercial real estate loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans. They are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans and depend on cash flows from the owner’s business or the property to service the debt. Cash flows may be affected significantly by general economic conditions, and a downturn in the local economy or in occupancy rates in the local economy where the property is located could increase the likelihood of default. Because our loan portfolio contains a number of commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in our level of non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the related provision for loan losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement more stringent underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures.

 

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, or if credit delinquencies increase, our losses could increase.

 

Our success depends, to a significant extent, on the quality of our assets, particularly loans. Like other financial institutions, we face the risk that our customers will not repay their loans, that the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be insufficient to assure repayment, and that we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining loan balances. The risk of loss varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, for many of our loans, the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio after considering these and other factors. Based in part on those assumptions and judgments, we maintain an allowance for loan losses in an attempt to cover any loan losses that may occur. In determining the size of the allowance, we also rely on an analysis of our loan portfolio based on historical loss experience, volume and types of loans, trends in classification, delinquencies and nonaccruals, national and local economic conditions and other pertinent information, including the results of external loan reviews. Despite our efforts, our loan assessment techniques may fail to properly account for potential loan losses, and, as a result, our established loan loss reserves may prove insufficient. If we are unable to generate income to compensate for these losses, they could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of our management. Higher charge-off rates and an increase in our allowance for loan losses may hurt our overall financial performance and may increase our cost of funds. As of December 31, 2015, we had 54 loans on nonaccrual status totaling approximately $8.7 million, and our allowance for loan loss was $4.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2015, a provision for loan losses was not expensed compared to a provision expense of approximately $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our current and future allowances for loan losses may not be adequate to cover future loan losses given current and future market conditions.

 

A percentage of the loans in our portfolio currently include exceptions to our loan policies and supervisory guidelines.

 

All of the loans that we make are subject to written loan policies adopted by our board of directors and to supervisory guidelines imposed by our regulators. Our loan policies are designed to reduce the risks associated with the loans that we make by requiring our loan officers to take certain steps that vary depending on the type and amount of the loan, prior to closing a loan. These steps include, among other things, making sure the proper liens are documented and perfected on property securing a loan, and requiring proof of adequate insurance coverage on property securing loans. Loans that do not fully comply with our loan policies are known as “exceptions.” We categorize exceptions as policy exceptions, financial statement exceptions and collateral exceptions. As a result of these exceptions, such loans may have a higher risk of loan loss than the other loans in our portfolio that fully comply with our loan policies. In addition, we may be subject to regulatory action by federal or state banking authorities if they believe the number of exceptions in our loan portfolio represents an unsafe banking practice. Although we have taken steps to enhance the quality of our loan portfolio, we may not be successful in reducing the number of exceptions.

 

Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

 

The goal of liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, and other cash commitments under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this goal, our asset/liability committee establishes liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding sources.

 

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through traditional deposits, borrowings, the sale of securities or loans, issuance of additional equity securities, and other sources could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities and with terms acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that impact us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated, the change in our status from well-capitalized to significantly undercapitalized, or regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as the current disruption in the financial markets and negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a result of the continuing turmoil and deterioration in the credit markets.

 

Traditionally, the primary sources of funds of our Bank have been customer deposits and loan repayments. As of December 31, 2015, we had no brokered deposits. Because of the Consent Order, we may not accept brokered deposits unless a waiver is granted by the FDIC. We may need to find other sources of liquidity such as proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) advances and QwickRate CDs obtained via the Internet. The Bank’s credit risk rating at the FHLB has been negatively impacted, resulting in more restrictive borrowing requirements. Because we are significantly undercapitalized, we are required to pledge additional collateral for FHLB advances. Also, as of December 31, 2015, the Company has no approved federal funds lines of credit available from any correspondent bank.

 

We actively monitor the depository institutions that hold our due from banks cash balances. We cannot provide assurances that access to our cash and cash equivalents will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets. Our emphasis is primarily on safety of principal, and we diversify cash and due from banks among counterparties to minimize exposure relating to any one of these entities. We routinely review the financials of our counterparties as part of our risk management process. Balances in our accounts with financial institutions in the U.S. may exceed the FDIC insurance limits. While we monitor and adjust the balances in our accounts as appropriate, these balances could be impacted if the correspondent financial institutions fail.

There can be no assurance that our sources of funds will be adequate for our liquidity needs, and we may be compelled to seek additional sources of financing in the future. Specifically, we may seek additional debt in the future to achieve our business objectives. There can be no assurance that additional borrowings, if sought, would be available to us or, if available, would be on favorable terms. Bank and holding company stock prices have been negatively impacted by the recent adverse economic conditions, as has the ability of banks and holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. If additional financing sources are unavailable or not available on reasonable terms, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and future prospects could be materially adversely impacted.

 

Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

Our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain deposit insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, we are required to pay quarterly deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. Although we cannot predict what the insurance assessment rates will be in the future, either a deterioration in our tangible equity capital or adjustments to the base assessment rates could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

We are dependent on key individuals and the loss of one or more of these key individuals could curtail our growth and adversely affect our prospects.

 

Following the closing of the private placement transaction, Jan H. Hollar will become our chief executive officer and will lead the recapitalized Company and Bank. Ms. Hollar brings extensive banking expertise to the Company and the Bank from her 37 years of experience in the financial services industry, having most recently served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Yadkin Financial Corporation and Yadkin Bank (together, “Yadkin”) in Statesville, North Carolina from September 2009 until July 2014. Ms. Hollar had been hired by Yadkin in 2009 as part of the executive management team that was brought in to address the challenges facing Yadkin as a result of the Great Recession. Yadkin’s management team engineered a significant turn-around in Yadkin’s operations and executed a number of key strategic measures to position the company and the bank for future growth, including raising a significant amount of capital from institutional investors, redeeming or exchanging all of Yadkin’s outstanding TARP preferred stock, and cleaning up the balance sheet through the disposition of troubled assets. The board of directors believes that Ms. Hollar’s experience with the turnaround at Yadkin makes her well qualified to lead the recapitalized Company and Bank.

 

In addition, our success also depends, in part, on our continued ability to attract and retain experienced loan originators, as well as other management personnel. The loss of the services of several of such key personnel could adversely affect our growth strategy and prospects to the extent we are unable to replace such personnel.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business and limit our ability to receive dividends from our Bank.

 

We are subject to Federal Reserve regulation. Our Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by our primary federal regulator, the FDIC, the regulating authority that insures customer deposits, as well as the State Board. Also, as a member of the FHLB, our Bank must comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Board and the FHLB. Regulation by these agencies is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the deposit insurance fund and not for the benefit of our shareholders. Our Bank’s activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit, and other activities. A sufficient claim against our Bank under these laws could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

New capital rules that were recently issued generally require insured depository institutions and certain holding companies to hold more capital. The impact of the new rules on our financial condition and operations is uncertain but could be materially adverse.

 

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by Basel III and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Bank holding companies with less than $500 million in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, are not subject to the final rule, nor are savings and loan holding companies substantially engaged in commercial activities or insurance underwriting. The requirements in the rule began to phase in on January 1, 2015 for covered banking organizations such as the Bank. The requirements in the rule will be fully phased in by January 1, 2019.

 

The rule includes certain new and higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those currently in place. Specifically, the following minimum capital requirements apply to the Bank:

 

●

a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%;

 

●

a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% (increased from the former 4% requirement);

 

●

a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from the former requirement); and

 

●

a leverage ratio of 4% (also unchanged from the former requirement).

 

Under the rule, Tier 1 capital is redefined to include two components: Common Equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The new and highest form of capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in Tier 1 capital, such as noncumulative perpetual preferred stock. Tier 2 capital consists of instruments that currently qualify in Tier 2 capital plus instruments that the rule has disqualified from Tier 1 capital treatment. Cumulative perpetual preferred stock, formerly includable in Tier 1 capital, is now included only in Tier 2 capital. Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) is presumptively included in Common Equity Tier 1 capital and often would operate to reduce this category of capital. The rule provided a one-time opportunity at the end of the first quarter of 2015 for covered banking organizations to opt out of much of this treatment of AOCI. We made this opt-out election and, as a result, will retain the pre-existing treatment for AOCI.

 

In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of Tier 1 Common Equity, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer will be phased in incrementally over time, becoming fully effective on January 1, 2019, and will consist of an additional amount of common equity equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. As of January 1, 2016, we are required to hold a capital conservation buffer of 0.625%, increasing by that amount each successive year until 2019.

 

In general, the rules have had the effect of increasing capital requirements by increasing the risk weights on certain assets, including high volatility commercial real estate, certain loans past due 90 days or more or in nonaccrual status, mortgage servicing rights not includable in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, equity exposures, and claims on securities firms, that are used in the denominator of the three risk-based capital ratios.

 

In addition, in the current economic and regulatory environment, bank regulators may impose capital requirements that are more stringent than those required by applicable existing regulations. The application of more stringent capital requirements for us could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back our shares.

Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious reputational consequences for us.

 

The BSA, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (which we refer to as the “Patriot Act”) and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Treasury to administer the BSA, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the OFAC. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to focus on compliance with BSA and anti-money laundering regulations. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Consumer lending laws may restrict our ability to originate certain mortgage loans or increase our risk of liability with respect to such loans and could increase our cost of doing business.

 

Federal, state and local laws have been adopted that are intended to eliminate certain lending practices considered “predatory.” These laws prohibit practices such as steering borrowers away from more affordable products, selling unnecessary insurance to borrowers, repeatedly refinancing loans and making loans without a reasonable expectation that the borrowers will be able to repay the loans irrespective of the value of the underlying property. Loans with certain terms and conditions and that otherwise meet the definition of a “qualified mortgage” may be protected from liability to a borrower for failing to make the necessary determinations. In either case, we may find it necessary to tighten our mortgage loan underwriting standards in response to the CFPB rules, which may constrain our ability to make loans consistent with our business strategies. It is our policy not to make predatory loans and to determine borrowers’ ability to repay, but the law and related rules create the potential for increased liability with respect to our lending and loan investment activities. They increase our cost of doing business and, ultimately, may prevent us from making certain loans and cause us to reduce the average percentage rate or the points and fees on loans that we do make.

 

We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

 

Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the CRA and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to comply with government regulation and supervision could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and damage to our reputation.

 

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, and local governmental authorities. Given the current disruption in the financial markets, we expect that the government will continue to pass new regulations and laws that will impact us. Compliance with such regulations may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, and policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and damage to our reputation. While we have policies and procedures in place that are designed to prevent violations of these laws, regulations, and policies, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.

We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.

 

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by the Bank cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to the Bank. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We could experience a loss due to competition with other financial institutions.

 

The banking and financial services industry is very competitive. Legal and regulatory developments have made it easier for new and sometimes unregulated competitors to compete with us. The financial services industry has and is experiencing an ongoing trend towards consolidation in which fewer large national and regional banks and other financial institutions are replacing many smaller and more local banks. These larger banks and other financial institutions hold a large accumulation of assets and have significantly greater resources and a wider geographic presence or greater accessibility. In some instances, these larger entities operate without the traditional brick and mortar facilities that restrict geographic presence. Some competitors are able to offer more services, more favorable pricing or greater customer convenience than the Company. In addition, competition has increased from new banks and other financial services providers that target our existing or potential customers. As consolidation continues among large banks, we expect other smaller institutions to try to compete in the markets we serve. If we are unable to remain competitive, our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

If we are unable to implement, maintain and use technologies effectively, our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

Technological developments have allowed competitors, including some non-depository institutions, to compete more effectively in local markets and have expanded the range of financial products, services and capital available to our target customers. If we are unable to implement, maintain and use such technologies effectively, we may not be able to offer products or achieve cost-efficiencies necessary to compete in the industry. In addition, some of these competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures.

 

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

 

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a customer’s audited financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we incorrectly assess the creditworthiness of our borrowers, fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner, or rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.

The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected because we are exposed to conditions or assumptions different from the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies.

 

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with GAAP requires us to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, included in this document, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that are considered “critical” by us because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially impact our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, such events or assumptions could have a material impact on our audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors and other service providers or other third parties, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs, and cause losses.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Information security risks for financial institutions such as ours have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, and terrorists, activists, and other external parties. As customer, public, and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operating systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions, and breakdowns. Our business, financial, accounting, and data processing systems, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be electrical or telecommunication outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, and hurricanes; disease pandemics; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and as described below, cyber attacks.

 

As noted above, our business relies on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software and networks to conduct its operations. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks, and our customers’ devices may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss, or destruction of our or our customers’ or other third parties’ confidential information. Third parties with whom we do business or that facilitate our business activities, including financial intermediaries, or vendors that provide service or security solutions for our operations, and other unaffiliated third parties, including the South Carolina Department of Revenue, which had customer records exposed in a 2012 cyber attack, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints.

 

While we have disaster recovery and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature of these threats. As a result, cyber security and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes, and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data, and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a focus for us. As threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate information security vulnerabilities. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our businesses and clients, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our clients use to access our products and services could result in client attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputation damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Negative public opinion surrounding our Company and the financial institutions industry generally could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.

 

Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding our Company and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

 

The downgrade of the U.S. credit rating could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

In August 2011, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. from “AAA” to “AA+”. If the U.S. debt ceiling, budget deficit or debt concerns, domestic or international economic or political concerns, or other factors were to result in further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating or its perceived creditworthiness, it could adversely affect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. A downgrade of the U.S. government’s credit rating or any failure by the U.S. government to satisfy its debt obligations could create financial turmoil and uncertainty, which could weigh heavily on the global banking system. It is possible that any such impact could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Because of our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, we are subject to several restrictions including restrictions on compensation paid to our executives for so long as the Series T Preferred Stock remains outstanding.

 

On March 6, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) established by the U.S. Treasury under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, we entered into a Letter of Agreement with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which we issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 12,895 shares of our Series T Preferred Stock, and (ii) the CPP Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $12,895,000 in cash. Pursuant to the terms of the Letter Agreement, we adopted certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which U.S. Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the Letter Agreement, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the CPP Warrant. These standards generally apply to our named executive officers. The standards include (i) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (ii) required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (iii) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; (iv) prohibition on providing tax gross-up provisions; and (v) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may likely increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods and may make it more difficult to attract suitable candidates to serve as executive officers. These restrictions will continue to apply until the closing of the repurchase of the Series T Preferred Stock and the cancellation of the CPP Warrant pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement entered by the Company and the U.S. Treasury.

 

Given the geographic concentration of our operations, we could be significantly affected by any hurricane that affects coastal South Carolina.

 

Our loan portfolio consists predominantly of loans to persons and businesses located in coastal South Carolina. The collateral for many of our loans consists of real and personal property located in this area, which is susceptible to hurricanes that can cause extensive damage to the general region. Disaster conditions resulting from any hurricane that hits in this area would adversely affect the local economies and real estate markets, which could negatively impact our business. Adverse economic conditions resulting from such a disaster could also negatively affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans and could reduce the value of the collateral securing these loans. Furthermore, damage resulting from any hurricane could also result in continued economic uncertainty that could negatively impact businesses in those areas. Consequently, our ability to continue to originate loans may be impaired by adverse changes in local and regional economic conditions in this area following any hurricane.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

 

The Series T Preferred Stock impacts net income available to our common shareholders and earnings per common share.

 

If the private placement transaction does not close and the Series T Preferred Stock is not repurchased, the dividends declared on the Series T Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury through the CPP will reduce the net income available to common shareholders and our earnings per common share. Notably, because we did not redeem the Series T Preferred Stock prior to March 6, 2014, the cost of this capital increased on that date from 5.0% per annum (approximately $644,750 annually) to 9.0% per annum (approximately $1,160,550 annually). Also, we have been forced to defer and accrue 20 quarterly dividend payments to the U.S. Treasury and, thus, are prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock until all deferred dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock are paid in full. The Series T Preferred Stock will also receive preferential treatment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. 

 

We are currently prohibited from paying cash dividends, and we may be unable to pay future dividends even if we desire to do so.

 

Our ability to pay cash dividends is limited by our Bank’s ability to pay cash dividends to our Company and by our need to maintain sufficient capital to support our operations. The ability of our Bank to pay cash dividends to our Company is currently prohibited by the restrictions of the Consent Order. Further, the Bank currently has negative retained earnings due to losses incurred over the past few years and therefore would be unable to pay cash dividends, regardless of the restrictions imposed by the Consent Order. In addition, our Company also has negative retained earnings and is prohibited from paying dividends without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. Consequently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

There is no active public trading market for our Securities, and no market is expected to develop.

 

Our common stock is not listed for trading on any securities exchange, and we presently do not intend to apply to list our common stock on any national securities exchange at any time in the foreseeable future. Our common stock is, however, quoted on the OTC Pink marketplace under the symbol “HCFB”. Although our common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink marketplace, there is no active public trading market in our common stock as trading and quotations of our common stock have been limited and sporadic. As a result of this limited market, it may be difficult to identify buyers to whom our investors can sell their shares of our common stock, and our investors may be unable to sell their shares at an established market price, at a price that is favorable to the investors, or at all. Our investors should be prepared to own our common stock indefinitely.

 

Shares of our preferred stock may be issued in the future which could materially adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock.

 

Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, we have the authority to issue additional series of preferred stock and to determine the designations, preferences, rights and qualifications or restrictions of those shares without any further vote or action of the shareholders. The rights of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be materially adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued by us in the future.

 

As noted above, on March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and certain other Investors, pursuant to which the Company expects to issue shares of the Company’s common stock and shares of newly created Series A Preferred Stock, which are convertible into shares of our common stock and shares of a new class of nonvoting common stock, if such class is authorized by our shareholders. The closing of the private placement transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for the repurchase or redemption of the Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes.

 

Shares of our common stock are not insured bank deposits and are subject to market risk.

 

Our shares of common stock are not deposits, savings accounts or other obligations of us, our Bank or any other depository institution; are not guaranteed by us or any other entity; and are not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties.

 

The main office of the Bank is located at 5009 Broad Street, Loris, South Carolina, 29569. Our operational support services and executive offices are located in our Operations Center at 3640 Ralph Ellis Boulevard, Loris, South Carolina, 29569. Our operational support services include central deposit and central credit operations, computer operations, audit and compliance operations, human resources, training, marketing and credit administration operations. We have listed for sale or lease our former Operations Center at 5201 Broad Street, Loris, South Carolina, 29569 as well as our former Homewood branch at 3201 Highway 701 North, Conway, South Carolina, 29526.

 

The Bank presently owns 8 lots, on which we have branch banking facilities and our Operations Center, in addition to the previously mentioned available for sale lots. The Bank has also entered into a long-term lease agreement for a lot on which we have built a branch banking facility at 3210 Highway 701 Bypass, Loris, South Carolina, 29569.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

 

In the ordinary course of operations, we may be a party to various legal proceedings from time to time. As of the date of this report, except as noted below we do not believe that there is any pending or threatened proceeding against us, which, if determined adversely, would have a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

 

For the below matters, the Company and the Bank have engaged legal counsel and intend to vigorously defend themselves. Given the Company’s current troubled financial condition, any costs incurred by the Company associated with legal defense, government sanctions, or settlement or other litigation awards could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition due to the Company’s lack of consistent earnings.

 

●

On April 26, 2012, Samuel C. Thomas, Jr. and Pamela A. Thomas filed a lawsuit in the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Horry, Case No. 2012-CP-26-3295. The complaint names as defendants the Company, the Bank and current and former employees, officers and members of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank. The complaint alleges that the plaintiffs were misled into investing $2 million in the Company’s subordinated promissory notes, that the Bank breached its promise to loan the plaintiffs up to 90% of the amount that the plaintiffs would invest in the subordinated notes offering, and that the defendants made false representations about the financial condition of the Bank and Company. The complaint seeks actual damages, consequential damages, punitive damages, pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, penalties as mandated by statute, set-off against other obligations of the plaintiffs due to the Company and the Bank, attorney’s fees and costs. The Court granted defendants’ motions to stay the litigation and compel arbitration, which proceedings were held in March 2015. At the conclusion of the arbitration proceedings, 17 of the initial 20 individual defendants had been dismissed through summary judgment or directed verdict motions. By order dated May 15, 2015, the arbitration panel ruled in favor of the remaining defendants and denied any recovery to plaintiffs. Plaintiffs have filed a “notice of appeal” with the state court and that action is still pending. The ultimate outcome is unknown at this time and a reasonably possible loss cannot be estimated. Plaintiffs also asserted counterclaims relating to the issuance of the subordinated debt notes as a defense to a separate lawsuit brought by the Bank against them for failure to repay a loan by the Bank. The Company and the Bank have entered into a confidential settlement agreement with plaintiffs pursuant to which both of these lawsuits will be settled and dismissed immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

●

On July 19, 2012, Robert Shelley, in his individual capacity and on behalf of a proposed class of other similarly situated persons, filed a lawsuit against the Company and the Bank in the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial Circuit, State of South Carolina, County of Horry, Case No. 2012-CP-26-5546. The complaint alleges that the plaintiff and other similarly situated persons were contacted by employees of the Bank, that those employees solicited a sale of Bank stock, and that the Bank employees did not disclose material information about the Bank’s financial condition prior to their respective purchases of stock. The complaint seeks the certification of a class action to include all purchasers of Bank stock solicited between July 1, 2009 and December 31, 2011. The plaintiff has asserted violations of the South Carolina Uniform Securities Act, negligence and civil conspiracy, and seeks actual, punitive and treble damages and attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company and the Bank made a motion for summary judgment in March 2014, which the court granted on April 8, 2014. Robert Shelley subsequently filed a motion to reconsider, which was denied. Mr. Shelly subsequently filed a notice of appeal with the South Carolina Court of Appeals. Both parties have completed their briefing and it is expected this matter will be heard in the second quarter of 2016 by the South Carolina Court of Appeals. The ultimate outcome is unknown at this time and a reasonably possible loss cannot be estimated.

●

On or about October 4, 2012, the United States Attorney for the District of South Carolina served the Company and the Bank with a subpoena requesting the production of documents related to the Company’s offering and sale of subordinated debt notes. The Company and the Bank have provided all documents and information requested by the government to date. By letter dated December 28, 2015, the office of the United States Attorney advised the Company and Bank that it was declining to prosecute and was closing its file. After this investigation was concluded, the office of SIGTARP, which had been working with the United States Attorney for South Carolina, notified the Company and the Bank that it would be requesting some additional documents needed for review. On February 25, 2016, counsel for the Company received an informal request for documents, many of which had been previously produced in the original document production. The Company is gathering the requested documents to respond to this request. The ultimate outcome is unknown at this time and a reasonably possible loss cannot be estimated.

 

●

On or about November 7, 2012, the South Carolina Attorney General served the Company and the Bank with a subpoena requesting the production of documents related to: names of certain officers, directors, shareholders, employees, and agents, as well as meetings of the Board of Directors or shareholders of the Company and/or the Bank; the Company’s offering and sale of subordinated debt notes; and the offering and/or sale of Company stock and related filings. The Company and the Bank have provided all documents and information requested by the Attorney General to date and believes that the investigation has been concluded, although the ultimate outcome is unknown at this time and a reasonably possible loss cannot be estimated.

 

●

Plaintiff Jan W. Snyder purchased $25,000 in subordinated debt notes in or around March 2010. After making three semi-annual interest payments, the Company was precluded from making further payments by the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. On January 14, 2014, Mr. Snyder, on his behalf and as a representative of a class of similarly situated purchasers of subordinated debt notes, sued the Company, the Bank, and several current and former officers, directors and employees in the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Horry (Case No. 2014-CP-26-0204). An amended complaint was then filed by Mr. Snyder and two other subordinated debt purchasers, Acey Livingston and Mark Josephs. The plaintiffs are seeking an unspecified amount of damages resulting from wrongful conduct associated with purchases of the subordinated debt notes, including fraud, violation of state securities statutes, and negligence. All outside director defendants have been voluntarily dismissed from the lawsuit and the remaining defendants filed timely motions to dismiss, which are still pending. Before the motions were heard, the parties agreed to terms of a proposed settlement that would resolve all claims asserted by the plaintiffs and the proposed class of subordinated debt holders. By final order dated March 2, 2016, the court finally approved the proposed settlement of claims. The Company will establish a settlement fund of approximately $2.4 million, which represents 20% of the principal of subordinated debt notes issued by the Company, and class members will be entitled to receive 20% of their notes, which will be paid from the settlement fund. In exchange, class members will grant the defendants a full and complete release of all claims that were asserted or could have been asserted in the lawsuit. The Company will also separately pay the approved attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses of class counsel up to an aggregate of $250,000. The Company must still receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections before any payments may be made from the settlement fund. Assuming these regulatory approvals or nonobjections are received, the Company anticipates that it will fund the settlement fund promptly following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

●

Plaintiff Mozingo + Wallace Architects, LLC, was a depositor with the Bank. An employee named Debor Guear was charged with being responsible for Mozingo + Wallace’s finances, including the receipt and review of account statements, payment of invoices, and reconciling all financial accounts. In 2013, another bank advised Mozingo + Wallace that it had been receiving an unusually high number of checks issued by Mozingo + Wallace to Ms. Guear’s account. Mozingo + Wallace obtained records of its account at the Bank and alleges that Ms. Guear had been making unauthorized transactions from its account. On September 25, 2013, Mozingo + Wallace sued the Company and the Bank in the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Horry, Case No. 2013-CP-26-6494, alleging that the Bank improperly allowed Ms. Guear to control and access account statements and seeking damages in an unspecified amount. The plaintiff recently dismissed the case without prejudice and re-filed a new action on or about March 27, 2015, naming the Bank and Company, as well as the plaintiff’s former outside bookkeeper. Discovery is ongoing and the Bank and the Company have filed a motion for summary judgment which has not yet been scheduled for a hearing. The ultimate outcome is unknown at this time and a reasonably possible loss cannot be estimated.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Market for Common Shares and Dividends

 

As of March 28, 2016, there were 3,846,340 shares of our common stock outstanding held by approximately 2,400 shareholders of record. Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace under the symbol “HCFB”. Although our common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace, there is a very limited public trading market in our common stock as trading and quotations of our common stock have been limited and sporadic. Most of the trades of which the Company is aware have been privately negotiated by local buyers and sellers. In addition to these trades, the Company is aware of a number of quotations on the OTC Pink Marketplace between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2015 that ranged from $0.04 to $0.30. Over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retailer mark-up, mark-down, or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. The following table sets forth the high and low bid information for our common stock of which we are aware for the periods indicated. Private trading of our common stock has been limited but has been conducted through the Private Trading System which is operated by the Bank on its website www.hcsbaccess.com. The Private Trading System is a passive mechanism created to assist buyers and sellers in facilitating trades in our common stock. Because there has not been an established market for our common stock, we may not be aware of all prices at which our common stock has been traded. We have not determined whether the trades of which we are aware were the result of arm’s-length negotiations between the parties. Based on information available to us, we believe transactions in our common stock can be fairly summarized as follows for the periods indicated:

 

2015		Low				High
Fourth Quarter		$	0.16			$	0.18
Third Quarter		$	0.11			$	0.18
Second Quarter		$	0.04			$	0.30
First Quarter		$	0.10			$	0.15

 

2014		Low				High
Fourth Quarter		$	0.15			$	0.55
Third Quarter		$	0.20			$	0.68
Second Quarter		$	0.16			$	0.68
First Quarter		$	0.19			$	0.51

 

Under the terms of the Written Agreement, the Company is currently prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. In addition, because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and has little direct income itself, the Company relies on dividends paid to it by the Bank in order to pay dividends on its common stock. As a South Carolina state bank, the Bank may only pay dividends out of its net profits, after deducting expenses, including losses and bad debts. Under FDICIA, the Bank may not pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the Bank would be undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank was classified as “significantly undercapitalized,” and therefore it is prohibited under FDICIA from paying dividends until it increases its capital levels. In addition, even if it increases its capital levels, under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank is prohibited from declaring a dividend on its shares of common stock unless it receives approval from the FDIC and State Board. Further, as a result of the Company’s deferral of dividend payments on the 12,895 shares of preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury in March 2009 pursuant to the CPP and interest payments on the $6.0 million of trust preferred securities issued in December 2004, the Company is prohibited from paying any dividends on its common stock until all deferred payments have been made in full.

 

As a result of these restrictions on the Company, including the restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company, the Company does not anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable future, and all future dividends will be dependent on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, as well as capital regulations and dividend restrictions from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, the FDIC, and the State Board.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth certain selected financial data concerning the Company. The selected financial data has been derived from the financial statements. This information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of the Company, including the accompanying notes, included elsewhere herein.

 

Year Ended December 31,		2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
(Dollars in thousands, except per share)
Financial Condition:
Investment securities, available for sale		$	89,701		$	106,674		$	94,602		$	77,320		$	100,207
Allowance for loan losses			4,601			5,787			9,443			14,150			21,178
Net loans			204,766			229,756			246,981			288,084			345,817
Premises and equipment, net			15,917			20,292			20,802			21,694			22,514
Total assets			361,533			421,571			434,586			468,996			535,698
Noninterest-bearing deposits			40,182			40,172			33,081			33,103			37,029
Interest-bearing deposits			290,649			351,165			372,963			402,758			453,824
Total deposits			330,831			391,337			406,044			435,861			490,853
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank			17,000			17,000			22,000			22,000			22,000
Total liabilities			373,783			432,818			451,028			480,758			540,914
Total shareholders’ deficit			(12,250	)		(11,247	)		(16,442	)		(11,762	)		(5,216	)
Results of Operations:
Interest income		$	13,726		$	16,095		$	17,071		$	20,371		$	25,654
Interest expense			4,454			5,054			5,301			6,261			8,924
Net interest income			9,272			11,041			11,770			14,110			16,730
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses			—			1,061			(1,497	)		10,530			25,271
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses			9,272			9,980			13,267			3,580			(8,541	)
Noninterest income			3,135			3,556			3,956			4,574			6,217
Noninterest expense			12,626			13,749			15,460			17,681			21,695
Income (loss) before income taxes			(219	)		(213	)		1,763			(9,527	)		(24,019	)
Income tax expense			27			78			—			—			4,998
Net income (loss)			(246	)		(291	)		1,763			(9,527	)		(29,017	)
Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value			—			(57	)		(199	)		(217	)		(203	)
Preferred dividends			(1,512	)		(1,055	)		(653	)		(652	)		(652	)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders		$	(1,758	)	$	(1,403	)	$	911		$	(10,396	)	$	(29,872	)
Per Share Data:
Net income (loss) – basic		$	(0.46	)	$	(0.37	)	$	0.24		$	(2.78	)	$	(7.98	)
Period end book value		$	(6.54	)	$	(6.33	)	$	(7.83	)	$	(6.53	)	$	(4.72	)

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

 

INTRODUCTION

 

The following discussion describes our results of operations for 2015 as compared to 2014, and 2014 as compared to 2013, and also analyzes our financial condition as of December 31, 2015 as compared to December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013. Like most community banks, we derive most of our income from interest we receive on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is our amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. In order to maximize our net interest income, we must not only manage the volume of these balance sheet items, but also the yields that we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the rates that we pay on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

 

We have included a number of tables to assist in our description of these measures. For example, the “Average Balances” table shows the average balance during 2015, 2014, and 2013 of each category of our assets and liabilities, as well as the yield we earned or the rate we paid with respect to each category. A review of this table shows that our loans typically provide higher interest yields than do other types of interest earning assets, which is why we direct a substantial percentage of our earning assets into our loan portfolio. Similarly, the “Rate/Volume Analysis” table helps demonstrate the impact of changing interest rates and changing volume of assets and liabilities during the years shown. We also track the sensitivity of our various categories of assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates, and we have included an “Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis” table to help explain this. Finally, we have included a number of tables that provide details about our investment securities, our loans, and our deposits and other borrowings.

 

There are risks inherent in all loans so we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. We establish and maintain this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against our operating earnings. In the “Loan Portfolio” section we have included a detailed discussion of this process, as well as several tables describing our allowance for loan losses and the allocation of this allowance among our various categories of loans.

 

In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees that we charge to our customers. Likewise, we incur other operating expenses as well. We describe the various components of this noninterest income, as well as our noninterest expense, in the following discussion.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $246 thousand compared to net loss of $291 thousand and net income of $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. A portion of the large provision expenses recognized in prior years was recaptured in 2013 resulting in net interest income after provision for loan losses of $13.3 million compared to $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The primary reason for this related to the fact that the 2013 and 2012 financial statements were issued simultaneously. The collectability of several loans reviewed in 2013 and the estimate of potential loss for these loans were included in the 2012 financial statements. Based on this timing issue, the results for 2013 and 2012 may have been individually different if the 2012 financial statements had been filed timely; however, the collective results for these two periods would not change. Total interest income was $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $17.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in interest income is primarily related to lower balances of average interest-earning assets as the Company continued to reduce assets in 2015, including through the sale of three branches on August 7, 2015. Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $3.1 million and included a net gain of $736 thousand from the sale of the three branches. Noninterest income decreased $421 thousand from 2014 to 2015 and $400 thousand from 2013 to 2014. Noninterest income included $940 thousand from life insurance proceeds on a former director and another insured employee during 2014. In 2013, $1.0 million was recognized from the forgiveness of a portion of the Company’s subordinated debentures.

ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, total assets decreased $60.0 million, or 14.2%, when compared to December 31, 2014. The decrease reflects our strategy to reduce the balance sheet in an effort to preserve capital ratios. Our total loan portfolio decreased $26.2 million, or 11.1%, to $209.4 million as of December 31, 2015 from $235.5 million at December 31, 2014. Other real estate owned decreased $5.9 million or 30.1% from 2014 to 2015. Investment securities available-for-sale decreased $17.0 million and premises, furniture and equipment decreased $4.4 million. The sale of three branch offices on August 7, 2015 resulted in a reduction of total assets of $33.4 million.

 

Total deposits decreased $60.5 million, or 15.5%, from the December 31, 2014 amount of $391.3 million. The reduction was substantially in interest-bearing deposits. The branch sale reduced deposits by $34.2 million.

 

Total shareholders’ deficit increased from a deficit of $11.2 million at December 31, 2014 to a deficit of $12.3 million at December 31, 2015. The change primarily relates to fluctuations in unrealized gains and losses on our available-for-sale investment portfolio which are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, total assets decreased $13.0 million or 3.0%, when compared to December 31, 2013. Our loan portfolio decreased $20.9 million, or 8.1%, to $235.5 million as of December 31, 2014 from $256.4 million at December 31, 2013. Other real estate owned decreased $5.5 million from 2013 to 2014.

 

Total deposits decreased $14.7 million, or 3.6%, from 2013 to 2014. Interest-bearing deposits decreased $21.8 million and noninterest-bearing deposits increased $7.1 thousand during 2014. The decrease in total deposits was primarily in our time deposits.

 

Total shareholders’ deficit decreased from a deficit of $16.4 million at December 31, 2013 to a deficit of $11.2 million at December 31, 2014 primarily as a result of increased unrealized gains on our available-for-sale investments.

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

The Company has sought to maintain a conservative approach in determining the distribution of its assets and liabilities. The following table presents the percentage relationships of significant components of the Company’s average balance sheets for the last three fiscal years.

 

Balance Sheet Categories as a Percent of Average Total Assets

 

Year ended December 31, (in thousands)		2015				2014				2013
Assets:
Interest earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks			7.22	%			6.25	%			7.70	%
Investment securities			24.15				26.05				18.82
Loans			56.52				56.07				61.05
Total interest earning assets			87.89				88.37				87.57
Cash and due from banks			0.77				0.64				1.58
Allowance for loan losses			(1.36	)			(1.73	)			(2.41	)
Premises and equipment			4.62				4.62				4.38
Other assets			8.08				8.10				8.88
Total assets			100.00	%			100.00	%			100.00	%
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits			80.99	%			83.62	%			85.01	%
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank			4.24				4.88				4.79
Repurchase agreements			0.27				0.25				0.30
Subordinate debentures			2.76				2.49				2.57
Junior Subordinated debentures			1.54				1.39				1.35
Total interest-bearing liabilities			89.80				92.63				94.02
Noninterest-bearing deposits			11.33				9.00				7.75
Accrued interest and other liabilities			1.67				1.26				0.94
Total liabilities			102.80				102.89				102.71
Shareholders’ deficit			(2.80	)			(2.89	)			(2.71	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit			100.00	%			100.00	%			100.00	%

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

Earnings are dependent to a large degree on net interest income. Net interest income represents the difference between gross interest earned on earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income is affected by the interest rates earned or paid and by volume changes in loans, investment securities, deposits, and borrowed funds. The interest rate spread and the net yield on earning assets are two significant elements in analyzing the Company’s net interest income. The interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on average earning assets and the rate on average interest-bearing liabilities. The net yield on earning assets is computed by dividing net interest income by average earning assets.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, net interest income was $9.3 million, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 16.0%, from net interest income of $11.0 million in 2014, which had decreased $729 thousand, or 6.2%, from net interest income of $11.8 million in 2013. The decline in our net interest income was primarily due to the decrease in our interest income on loans, including fees, of $1.8 million, or 13.3%, from $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and a decrease of $1.3 million, or 8.7%, from $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. These decreases were primarily attributable to the decreases in the average volume of our loan portfolio from $280.2 million as of December 31, 2013, to $249.4 million as of December 31, 2014, and to $226.4 million as of December 31, 2015 as we continued our strategic efforts to decrease total assets in order to help improve our capital position. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4.5 million, compared to $5.1 million for 2014 and $5.3 million for 2013. Our net interest margin was 2.63% for 2015, compared to 2.81% in 2014 and 2.93% in 2013. The interest rate spread was 2.66%, 2.87%, and 3.02% in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

NET INTEREST INCOME – continued

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the weighted-average yields earned, the weighted-average yields paid, the interest rate spread, and the net yield on earning assets. The table also indicates the average daily balance and the interest income or expense by specific categories.

 

Average Balances, Income and Expenses, and Rates

 

Years ended December 31,
(in thousands)		2015												2014												2013
						Interest												Interest												Interest
		Average				Income/				Yield/				Average				Income/				Yield/				Average				Income/				Yield/
		Balance				Expense				Cost				Balance				Expense				Cost				Balance				Expense				Cost
ASSETS
Loans (1)		$	226,365			$	11,628				5.14	%		$	249,358			$	13,417				5.38	%		$	280,208			$	14,693				5.24	%
Securities, taxable			95,602				1,980				2.07	%			112,679				2,542				2.26	%			81,560				2,212				2.71	%
Securities, nontaxable			—				—				—	%			1,747				14				0.80	%			3,227				45				1.39	%
Nonmarketable equity securities			1,147				51				4.45	%			1,407				60				4.26	%			1,612				44				2.73	%
Interest-bearing deposits			28,921				67				0.23	%			27,794				62				0.22	%			35,339				77				0.22	%
Total earning assets			352,035				13,726				3.90	%			392,985				16,095				4.10	%			401,946				17,071				4.25	%
Cash and due from banks			3,096												2,874												7,255
Allowance for loan losses			(5,457	)											(7,715	)											(11,065	)
Premises and equipment			18,516												20,572												20,110
Other assets			32,348												36,004												40,754
Total assets		$	400,538											$	444,720											$	459,000
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits		$	324,375			$	2,432				0.75	%		$	371,865			$	2,995				0.81	%		$	390,177			$	3,273				0.84	%
Borrowings			35,338				2,022				5.72	%			40,045				2,059				5.14	%			41,375				2,028				4.90	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities			359,713				4,454				1.24	%			411,910				5,054				1.23	%			431,552				5,301				1.23	%
Non-interest deposits			45,369												40,046												35,583
Other liabilities			6,690												5,614												4,300
Shareholders’ deficit			(11,234	)											(12,850	)											(12,435	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit		$	400,538											$	444,720											$	459,000
Net interest income/interest rate spread						$	9,272				2.66	%						$	11,041				2.87	%						$	11,770				3.02	%
Net yield on earning assets											2.63	%											2.81	%											2.93	%

 

(1)

Average loan balances include nonaccrual loans.

 

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

 

Net interest income can also be analyzed in terms of the impact of changing rates and changing volume. The following table describes the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information on changes in each category attributable to (i) changes due to volume (change in volume multiplied by prior period rate), (ii) changes due to rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume), and (iii) changes in rate and volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume) is provided as follows:

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS – continued

 

Rate/Volume Variance Analysis

 

		2015 Compared to 2014									2014 Compared to 2013
					Increase (Decrease)									Increase (Decrease)
					Due To (1)									Due To (1)
December 31, (In thousands)		Total			Rate			Volume			Total			Rate			Volume
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits		$	5		$	2		$	3		$	(15	)	$	2		$	(17	)
Securities, taxable			(562	)		(197	)		(365	)		330			(260	)		590
Securities, nontaxable			(14	)		—			(14	)		(31	)		(15	)		(16	)
Nonmarketable equity securities			(9	)		3			(12	)		16			21			(5	)
Loans			(1,789	)		(589	)		(1,200	)		(1,276	)		397			(1,673	)
Total			(2,369	)		(781	)		(1,588	)		(976	)		145			(1,121	)
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits			(563	)		(198	)		(365	)		(278	)		(128	)		(150	)
Borrowings			(37	)		887			(924	)		31			90			(59	)
Total			(600	)		689			(1,289	)		(247	)		(38	)		(209	)
Net interest income		$	(1,769	)	$	(1,470	)	$	(299	)	$	(729	)	$	183		$	(912	)

 

(1)

Volume-rate changes have been allocated to each category based on a consistent basis between rate and volume.

 

RATE SENSITIVITY

 

Interest rates paid on deposits and borrowed funds and interest rates earned on loans and investment securities have generally followed the fluctuations in market rates in 2015, 2014 and 2013. However, fluctuations in market interest rates do not necessarily have a significant impact on net interest income, depending on the Company’s interest rate sensitivity position. A rate-sensitive asset or liability is one that can be repriced either up or down in interest rate within a certain time interval. When a proper balance exists between rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities, market interest rate fluctuations should not have a significant impact on liquidity and earnings. The larger the imbalance, the greater the interest rate risk assumed and the greater the positive or negative impact of interest fluctuations on liquidity and earnings.

 

Interest rate sensitivity management is concerned with the management of both the timing and the magnitude of repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and is an important part of asset/liability management. The objectives of interest rate sensitivity management are to ensure the adequacy of net interest income and to control the risks to net interest income associated with movements in interest rates. The following table, “Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis,” indicates that, for all periods presented, rate-sensitive liabilities exceeded rate-sensitive assets, resulting in a liability sensitive position. For a bank with a liability-sensitive position, or negative gap, falling interest rates would generally be expected to have a positive effect on net interest income, and rising interest rates would generally be expected to have the opposite effect.

 

Maturities in the following table are based on the asset’s or liability’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates and therefore differ from contractual maturities.

 

The following table presents the Company’s rate sensitivity at each of the time intervals indicated as of December 31, 2015 and may not be indicative of the Company’s rate-sensitivity position at other points in time:

RATE SENSITIVITY – continued

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

 

					After One			After Three						Greater
					Through			Through						Than One
December 31, 2015		Within One			Three			Twelve			Within One			Year or
(Dollars in thousands)		Month			Months			Months			Year			Non-Sensitive			Total
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Loans		$	55,634		$	18,491		$	50,237		$	124,362		$	85,005		$	209,367
Securities1			14,160			5,381			17,692			37,233			54,076			91,309
Interest-bearing deposits in banks			20,599			—			—			20,599			—			20,599
Total earning assets			90,393			23,872			67,929			182,194			139,081			321,275
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits			40,478			—			—			40,478			—			40,478
Money Market and savings deposits			76,200			—			—			76,200			—			76,200
Time deposits			10,441			20,097			55,138			85,676			88,295			173,971
Total interest-bearing deposits			127,119			20,097			55,138			202,354			88,295			290,649
Other borrowings			1,716			—			—			1,716			17,000			18,716
Subordinated debentures			—			—			—			—			11,062			11,062
Junior subordinated debentures			—			6,186			—			6,186			—			6,186
Total interest-bearing liabilities		$	128,835		$	26,283		$	55,138		$	210,256		$	116,357		$	326,613
Period gap		$	(38,442	)	$	(2,411	)	$	12,791		$	(28,062	)	$	22,724		$	(5,338	)
Cumulative gap		$	(38,442	)	$	(40,853	)	$	(28,062	)	$	(28,062	)	$	(5,338	)
Ratio of cumulative gap to total earning assets			(11.97	)%		(12.72	)%		(8.73	)%		(8.73	)%		(1.66	)%
					After One			After Three						Greater
					Through			Through						Than One
December 31, 2014		Within One			Three			Twelve			Within One			Year or
(Dollars in thousands)		Month			Months			Months			Year			Non-Sensitive			Total
Assets
Interest-earning assets
Loans		$	56,141		$	21,004		$	57,962		$	135,107		$	100,436		$	235,543
Securities1			16,684			6,403			25,110			48,197			59,322			107,519
Interest-bearing deposits in banks			25,607			—			—			25,607			—			25,607
Total earning assets			98,432			27,407			83,072			208,911			159,758			368,669
Liabilities
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits			44,283			—			—			44,283			—			44,283
Money Market and savings deposits			86,083			—			—			86,083			—			86,083
Time deposits			17,538			21,499			76,455			115,492			105,307			220,799
Total interest-bearing deposits			147,904			21,499			76,455			245,858			105,307			351,165
Other borrowings			1,612			—			—			1,612			17,000			18,612
Subordinated debentures			—			—			—			—			11,062			11,062
Junior subordinated debentures			—			6,186			—			6,186			—			6,186
Total interest-bearing liabilities		$	149,516		$	27,685		$	76,455		$	253,656		$	133,369		$	387,025
Period gap		$	(51,084	)	$	(278	)	$	6,617		$	(44,745	)	$	26,389		$	(18,356	)
Cumulative gap		$	(51,084	)	$	(51,362	)	$	(44,745	)	$	(44,745	)	$	(18,356	)
Ratio of cumulative gap to total earning assets			(13.86)	%		(13.93)	%		(12.14)	%		(12.14)	%		(4.98)	%

 

1

Securities are presented at amortized cost basis.

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

The provision for loan losses is charged to earnings based upon management’s evaluation of specific loans in its portfolio and general economic conditions and trends in the marketplace. No provision was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2015. A provision expense of $1.1 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2014. Provisions previously recognized of $1.5 million were recaptured during the year ended December 31, 2013. Please refer to the section “Loan Portfolio” for a discussion of management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

 

Noninterest income was $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, a decrease of $421 thousand, or 11.8%, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2014. Noninterest income was $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $400 thousand, or 10.1%, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. The net gain of $736 thousand recognized on the sale of three branch offices was included in net gains (losses) on sales of assets in noninterest income for 2015. During 2014, we received $940 thousand of proceeds from the Bank’s owned life insurance as a result of the passing of one former director and one former insured employee. Excluding these one-time benefits, noninterest income decreased $217 thousand or 8.3% primarily due to lower service charges on deposit accounts which directly relates to the decline in deposits. Noninterest income for 2013 included $1.0 million as a result of the forgiveness of a portion of the Company’s subordinated debentures. 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSES

 

Noninterest expenses continued to decrease from $15.5 million for 2013 to $13.7 million for 2014 to $12.6 million for 2015. Management continues to evaluate noninterest expenses and make reductions when possible. Salaries and employee benefits were $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. FDIC insurance premiums decreased from $1.6 million for 2013 and 2014 to $1.4 million for 2015. Expenses related to the operations of other real estate owned decreased from $1.4 million for both 2013 and 2014 to $632 thousand for 2015 as we continued to decrease our nonperforming assets and the related costs.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

The Company recognized income tax expense of $27 thousand and $78 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as a result of state income taxes related to net income at the Bank level. The Company did not recognize any income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Management has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset related to continuing operations at December 31, 2015 will not be realized, and accordingly, has maintained a full valuation allowance.

LIQUIDITY

 

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future obligations through liquidation or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional liabilities. The Company manages both assets and liabilities to achieve appropriate levels of liquidity. Cash and federal funds sold are the Company’s primary sources of asset liquidity. These funds provide a cushion against short-term fluctuations in cash flow from both deposits and loans. The investment securities portfolio is the Company’s principal source of secondary asset liquidity. However, the availability of this source of funds is influenced by market conditions. Individual and commercial deposits are the Company’s primary source of funds for credit activities. Although not historically used as principal sources of liquidity, secured federal funds purchased from correspondent banks and advances from the FHLB are other options that may be available to management. Management believes that the Company’s liquidity sources will enable it to successfully meet its long-term operating needs.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no available lines of credit; however, the Bank’s greatest source of liquidity resides in its unpledged securities portfolio. The book and market values of unpledged securities available-for-sale totaled $54.6 million and $53.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015. This source of liquidity may be adversely impacted by changing market conditions, reduced access to borrowing lines, or increased collateral pledge requirements imposed by lenders. The Bank has implemented a plan to address these risks and strengthen its liquidity position. To accomplish the goals of this liquidity plan, the Bank will maintain cash liquidity at a minimum of 4% of total outstanding deposits and borrowings. In addition to cash liquidity, the Bank will also maintain a minimum of 15% off balance sheet liquidity. These objectives have been established by extensive contingency funding stress testing and analytics that indicate these target minimum levels of liquidity to be appropriate and prudent.

 

Comprehensive weekly and quarterly liquidity analyses serve management as vital decision-making tools by providing summaries of anticipated changes in loans, investments, core deposits, and wholesale funds. These internal funding reports provide management with the details critical to anticipate immediate and long-term cash requirements, such as expected deposit runoff, loan and securities paydowns and maturities. These liquidity analyses act as a cash forecasting tool and are subject to certain assumptions based on past market and customer trends. Through consideration of the information provided in these reports, management is better able to effectively monitor the Bank’s liquidity position.

 

To better manage our liquidity position, management also stress tests our liquidity position on a semi-annual basis under two scenarios: short-term crisis and a longer-term crisis. In the short term crisis, we would be cut off from our normal funding along with the market in general. In this scenario, the Bank would replenish our funding through the most likely sources of funding that would exist in the order of price efficiency. In the longer term crisis, we may be cut off from several of our normal sources of funding as our Bank’s financial situation deteriorated. In such a case, we may not be able to utilize our federal funds borrowing lines or renew any brokered CDs that became due, without FDIC approval, but would be allowed to utilize our unpledged securities to raise funds in the reverse repurchase market or borrow from the FHLB. On a quarterly basis, management monitors the market value of our securities portfolio to ensure its ability to be pledged if liquidity needs should arise.

 

We believe our liquidity sources are adequate to meet our needs for at least the next 12 months. However, if we are unable to meet our liquidity needs, the Bank may be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC, with the FDIC appointed conservator or receiver.

IMPACT OF OFF-BALANCE SHEET INSTRUMENTS

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a customer at predetermined interest rates as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. A commitment involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the instrument is represented by the contractual notional amount of the instrument. Since certain commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee a customer’s performance to a third party and have essentially the same credit risk as other lending facilities. Standby letters of credit often expire without being used. Management believes that through various sources of liquidity, the Company has the necessary resources to meet obligations arising from these financial instruments.

 

The Company uses the same credit underwriting procedures for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit as for on-balance-sheet instruments. The credit-worthiness of each borrower is evaluated and the amount of collateral, if deemed necessary, is based on the credit evaluation. Collateral held for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties, as well as liquid assets such as time deposit accounts, brokerage accounts, and cash value of life insurance.

 

The Company is not involved in off-balance sheet contractual relationships, other than those disclosed in this report, which it believes could result in liquidity needs or other commitments or that could significantly impact earnings.

 

As of December 31, 2015, commitments to extend credit totaled $21.3 million and standby letters of credit totaled $257 thousand. The following table sets forth the length of time until maturity for unused commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit at December 31, 2015.

 

						After One				After Three
		Within				Through				Through				Within				Greater
		One				Three				Twelve				One				Than
(Dollars in thousands)		Month				Months				Months				Year				One Year				Total
Unused commitments to extend credit		$	1,222			$	2,974			$	9,165			$	13,361			$	7,957			$	21,318
Standby letters of credit			18				4				235				257				—				257
Totals		$	1,240			$	2,978			$	9,400			$	13,618			$	7,957			$	21,575

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

 

The financial statements and related financial data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in relative purchasing power over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than does the effect of inflation.

 

While the effect of inflation on a bank is normally not as significant as its influence on those businesses that have large investments in plant and inventories, it does have an effect. Interest rates generally increase as the rate of inflation increases, but the magnitude of the change in rates may not be the same. While interest rates have traditionally moved with inflation, the effect on income is diminished because both interest earned on assets and interest paid on liabilities vary directly with each other unless the Company is in a high liability sensitive position. Also, general increases in the price of goods and services will result in increased operating expenses.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Total shareholders’ deficit increased from a deficit of $11.2 million at December 31, 2014 to a deficit of $12.3 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in deficit of $1.1 million was primarily attributable to an increase in unrealized losses of $763 thousand on our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio. The increase in unrealized losses was a result of the rising interest rate environment relative to the interest rate environment in which the investment securities were purchased. Management did not believe the unrealized losses represented an other-than-temporary impairment.

 

Total shareholders’ deficit improved from a deficit of $16.4 million at December 31, 2013 to a deficit of $11.2 million at December 31, 2014. The improvement in equity of $5.2 million is primarily attributable to a decrease in unrealized losses of $5.4 million on our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio.

 

The Company uses several indicators of capital strength. The most commonly used measure is average common equity to average assets (average equity divided by average total assets), which was (2.80)% in 2015 compared to (2.89)% in 2014 and (2.71)% in 2013. The following table shows the return on average assets (net income (loss) divided by average total assets), return on average equity (net income (loss) divided by average equity), and average equity to average assets ratio for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

		2015			2014			2013
Return on average assets			(0.06	)%		(0.07	)%		0.38	%
Return on average equity			n/a			n/a			n/a
Equity to assets ratio			(2.80	)%		(2.89	)%		(2.71	)%

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital as a percentage of assets and off-balance sheet exposures, adjusted for risk weights ranging from 0% to 1250%. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, excluding the unrealized gain or loss on securities available-for-sale, minus certain intangible assets. Tier 2 capital consists of the allowance for loan losses subject to certain limitations. Total capital for purposes of computing the capital ratios consists of the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. The Company and the Bank are also required to maintain capital at a minimum level based on quarterly average assets, which is known as the leverage ratio.

 

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that has revised their risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with certain standards that were developed by Basel III and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule applies to all depository institutions, such as the Bank, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies, which we refer to below as “covered” banking organizations. Bank holding companies with less than $500 million in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, are not subject to the final rule. Effective March 31, 2015, the Bank was required to implement the new Basel III capital standards (subject to the phase-in for certain parts of the new rules).

 

The approved rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (“CET1”) of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, which when fully phased-in, effectively results in a minimum CET1 ratio of 7.0%. Basel III also raises the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% (which, with the capital conservation buffer, effectively results in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% when fully phased-in), effectively results in a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 10.5% (with the capital conservation buffer fully phased-in), and requires a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. Basel III also makes changes to the risk weights for certain assets and off-balance sheet exposures. Finally, CET1 includes accumulated other comprehensive income (which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities), subject to a transition period and a one-time opt-out election. The Bank elected to opt-out of this provision. As such, accumulated comprehensive income is not included in the Bank’s Tier 1 capital.

CAPITAL RESOURCES – continued

 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. To be considered “well-capitalized” under these requirements, the Bank must maintain total risk-based capital of at least 10%, Tier 1 capital of at least 8%, and a leverage ratio of at least 5%. To be considered “adequately capitalized” under these capital guidelines, the Bank must maintain a minimum total risk-based capital of 8%, with at least 6% being Tier 1 capital. In addition, the Bank must maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%.

 

Further, pursuant to the terms of the Consent Order with the FDIC and the State Board, the Bank must achieve and maintain Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% and total risk-based capital at least equal to 10%. For a more detailed description of the capital amounts required to be obtained in order for the Bank to be considered well-capitalized, see Note 16 to our Financial Statements.

 

If a bank is not well capitalized, it cannot accept brokered deposits without prior FDIC approval. In addition, a bank that is not well capitalized cannot offer an effective yield in excess of 75 basis points over interest paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity in such institution’s normal market area for deposits accepted from within its normal market area, or national rate paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity for deposits accepted outside the Bank’s normal market area. Moreover, the FDIC generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be categorized as undercapitalized. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to growth limitations (an undercapitalized institution may not acquire another institution, establish additional branch offices or engage in any new line of business unless determined by the appropriate federal banking agency to be consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, or unless the FDIC determines that the proposed action will further the purpose of prompt corrective action) and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies may not accept a capital restoration plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with the capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became categorized as undercapitalized or the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is categorized as significantly undercapitalized.

 

Significantly undercapitalized categorized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become categorized as adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. The appropriate federal banking agency may take any action authorized for a significantly undercapitalized institution if an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails in any material respect to implement a plan accepted by the agency. A critically undercapitalized institution is subject to having a receiver or conservator appointed to manage its affairs and for loss of its charter to conduct banking activities.

 

An insured depository institution may not pay a management fee to a bank holding company controlling that institution or any other person having control of the institution if, after making the payment, the institution would be undercapitalized. In addition, an institution cannot make a capital distribution, such as a dividend or other distribution, that is in substance a distribution of capital to the owners of the institution if following such a distribution the institution would be undercapitalized. Thus, if payment of such a management fee or the making of such would cause a bank to become undercapitalized, it could not pay a management fee or dividend to the bank holding company.

CAPITAL RESOURCES – continued

 

The following table summarizes the capital amounts and ratios of the Company and the Bank at December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013.

 

December 31,		2015				2014				2013
(Dollars in thousands)
The Company
Tier 1 capital		$	(10,642	)		$	(10,402	)		$	(10,169	)
Tier 2 capital			—				—				—
Total qualifying capital		$	(10,642	)		$	(10,402	)		$	(10,169	)
Risk-adjusted total assets (including off-balance sheet exposures)		$	256,713			$	287,892			$	318,900
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio			(4.15	%)			(3.61	%)			(3.19	%)
Total risk-based capital ratio			(4.15	%)			(3.61	%)			(3.19	%)
Tier 1 leverage ratio			(2.87	%)			(2.36	%)			(2.23	%)
The Bank
Common equity Tier 1 capital		$	12,135				n/a				n/a
Tier 1 capital		$	12,135			$	10,911			$	9,789
Tier 2 capital			3,267				3,622				4,053
Total qualifying capital		$	15,402			$	14,533			$	13,842
Risk-adjustment total assets (including off-balance sheet exposures)		$	260,024			$	287,598			$	318,813
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio			4.67	%			n/a				n/a
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio			4.67	%			3.79	%			3.07	%
Total risk-based capital ratio			5.92	%			5.05	%			4.34	%
Tier 1 leverage ratio			3.28	%			2.53	%			2.17	%

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company was categorized as “critically undercapitalized” and the Bank was categorized as “significantly undercapitalized.” Our losses over the past few years have adversely impacted our capital. As a result, over the last several years, we have been pursuing a plan to increase our capital ratios in order to strengthen our balance sheet and satisfy the commitments required under the Consent Order, which requires us to achieve and maintain Total Risk Based capital at least equal to 10% of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets, while also searching for additional capital or a potential merger partner.

 

On March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and certain other investors, pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction and to issue shares of the Company’s common stock and shares of newly-created Series A Preferred Stock. We intend to downstream approximately $38.0 million of the proceeds from the private placement transaction to the Bank as additional capital, which would satisfy the minimum capital levels required under the Consent Order and otherwise return the Bank to “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2015. Proceeds from the private placement transaction will also be used to repurchase or redeem the outstanding Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and the subordinated promissory notes. As noted above, we have entered into securities purchase agreements with respect to the Series T Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities and the class action settlement agreement with the respect to the subordinated promissory notes has received final court approval. Closing of the private placement transaction is subject to the receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for each of the repurchases or redemptions. We currently anticipate that the private placement transaction will close in April 2016. Please refer to Note 1 – “Organization and Significant Accounting Policies” located in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. There are no assurances that we will receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections or otherwise be able to close the private placement transaction.

CAPITAL RESOURCES – continued

 

If we cannot close the private placement transaction, or otherwise find a merger partner or raise additional capital to meet the minimum capital requirements set forth under the Consent Order, or if we suffer a continued deterioration in our financial condition, we may be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC. If this were to occur, then our shareholders, our subordinated debt holders, and our other securities holders will lose their investments in the Company. Our auditors have noted that the uncertainty of our ability to obtain sufficient capital raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Please refer to Note 2 — “Regulatory Matters, Going Concern Considerations and Recent Developments” located in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

In addition, as required by the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, beginning in March 2011, we began exercising our right to defer all quarterly distributions on our trust preferred securities. All of the deferred interest, including interest accrued on such deferred interest, was due and payable at the end of the applicable deferral period, which was on March 15, 2016. On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with Alesco, pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all of the outstanding trust preferred securities for an aggregate cash payment of $600,000, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Alesco not to exceed $25,000. Alesco also agreed to forgive any and all unpaid interest on the trust preferred securities. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction. However, if we are unable to close the repurchase in a timely manner, because the Company is in default under the terms of the indenture related to the trust preferred securities, the trustee or Alesco, by providing written notice to the Company, may declare the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable. If the trustee or Alesco declares declare the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable, we could be forced into involuntary bankruptcy.

 

The Company does not anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable future, and all future dividends will be dependent on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, as well as capital regulations and dividend restrictions from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, the FDIC, and the State Board.

 

The Bank’s previously disclosed sale of its Socastee, Windy Hill, and Carolina Forest branches on August 7, 2015, resulted in a net gain of $736 thousand and a slight increase in the Bank’s capital ratios.

 

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

 

Management classifies investment securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale based on our intentions and the Company’s ability to hold them until maturity. In determining such classifications, securities that management has the positive intent and the Company has the ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost. All other securities are designated as available-for-sale and carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in shareholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, all securities were classified as available-for-sale.

 

The portfolio of available-for-sale securities decreased $17.0 million, or 15.9%, from $106.7 million at December 31, 2014 to $89.7 million at December 31, 2015. The portfolio increased $12.1 million from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. Our securities portfolio consisted primarily of high quality mortgage securities, government agency bonds, and high quality municipal bonds. As of December 31, 2015, the amortized cost of the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio exceeded fair value by $1.6 million. This unrealized loss is believed to be temporary and a result of the current interest rate environment.

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO - continued

 

The following tables summarize the carrying value of investment securities as of the indicated dates and the weighted-average yields of those securities at December 31, 2015.

 

December 31, 2015 (in thousands)		Amortized Cost Due
		Due Within One Year			After One Through Five Years			After Five Through Ten Years			After Ten Years			Total			Market Value
Investment securities
Government sponsored enterprises		$	—		$	396		$	7,024		$	29,300		$	36,720		$	36,032
Mortgage backed securities			—			—			5,641			47,727			53,368			52,445
State and political subdivisions			—			—			619			602			1,221			1,224
Total		$	—		$	396		$	13,284		$	77,629		$	91,309		$	89,701
Weighted average yields
Government sponsored enterprises			—	%		1.40	%		2.58	%		2.86	%
Mortgage backed securities			—	%		—	%		1.75	%		2.09	%
State and political subdivisions			—	%		—	%		2.57	%		4.13	%
Total			—	%		1.40	%		2.23	%		2.39	%		2.36	%

 

December 31, 2014 (in thousands)		Book Value				Market Value
Investment securities
Government sponsored enterprises		$	40,952			$	40,082
Mortgage backed securities			65,328				65,348
State and political subdivisions			1,239				1,244
Total		$	107,519			$	106,674

 

December 31, 2013 (in thousands)		Book Value				Market Value
Investment securities
Government sponsored enterprises		$	60,628			$	55,075
Mortgage backed securities			37,731				37,034
State and political subdivisions			2,516				2,493
Total		$	100,875			$	94,602

LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

In 2015, we have continued our efforts to decrease total assets each year. As a result, the loan portfolio decreased $26.2 million and $20.9 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Net loans charged-off during 2015 were $1.2 million compared to $4.7 million in 2014 and $3.2 million in 2013. Loan balances transferred to other real estate owned were $4.1 million for 2015, compared to $2.2 million for 2014. In connection with the sold branches, loans decreased $5.7 million in 2015. The remaining decrease was a result of focusing our lenders more on asset quality and resolving existing issues and less on loan originations. The primary component of our loan portfolio is loans collateralized by real estate, which made up approximately 84.2% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. These loans are secured generally by first or second mortgages on residential, agricultural or commercial property. Commercial loans and consumer loans account for 13.3% and 2.5% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio by category for the five years ended December 31, 2015 and highlights the Company’s general emphasis on mortgage lending.

 

December 31,		2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate:
Commercial construction and land development		$	30,532		$	31,470		$	38,899		$	58,274		$	61,776
Other commercial real estate			70,759			82,382			91,551			103,061			134,803
Residential construction			2,342			2,838			3,038			2,422			5,101
Other residential			72,739			81,730			81,297			89,184			104,307
Commercial and industrial			27,881			30,894			33,711			41,200			52,272
Consumer			5,114			6,229			7,928			8,093			8,736
		$	209,367		$	235,543		$	256,424		$	302,234		$	366,995

 

Maturities and Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates:

 

The following table summarizes the loan maturity distribution, by type, at December 31, 2015 and related interest rate characteristics:

 

December 31, 2015 (Dollars in thousands)		One Year or Less			Over One Year Through Five Years			Over Five Years			Total
Commercial real estate		$	23,502		$	65,384		$	12,405		$	101,291
Residential			11,511			28,996			34,574			75,081
Commercial			14,689			10,333			2,859			27,881
Consumer			1,794			3,007			313			5,114
		$	51,496		$	107,720		$	50,151		$	209,367

 

Loans maturing after one year with:
Fixed interest rates		$	128,312
Floating interest rates			29,559
		$	157,871

LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

Risk Elements

 

The downturn in general economic conditions has resulted in increased loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures within our loan portfolio. The declining real estate market has had a significant impact on the performance of our loans secured by real estate. In some cases, this downturn has resulted in a significant impairment to the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. Although the real estate collateral provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower, in our current market the value of the collateral has deteriorated during the time the credit has been extended.  There is a risk that this trend will continue, which could result in additional losses of earnings and increases in our provision for loan losses and loans charged-off.

 

Past due payments are often one of the first indicators of a problem loan. We perform a continuous review of our past due report in order to identify trends that can be resolved quickly before a loan becomes significantly past due. We determine past due and delinquency status based on the contractual terms of the note. When a borrower fails to make a scheduled loan payment, we attempt to cure the default through several methods including, but not limited to, collection contact and assessment of late fees.

 

Generally, a loan will be placed on nonaccrual status when it becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest, or when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of the loan is doubtful. When a loan is placed in nonaccrual status, interest accruals are discontinued and income earned but not collected is reversed. Cash receipts on nonaccrual loans are not recorded as interest income, but are used to reduce principal. If the borrower is able to bring the account current and establish a pattern of keeping the loan current for a specified time period, the loan is then placed back on regular accrual status.

 

For loans to be in excess of 90 days delinquent and still accruing interest, the borrowers must be either remitting payments although not able to get current, liquidation on loans deemed to be well secured must be near completion, or the Company must have a reason to believe that correction of the delinquency status by the borrower is near. The amount of both nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more were considered in computing the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2015.

 

Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest. Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans plus other real estate that we own as a result of loan foreclosures.

 

Nonperforming loans have declined since 2012 as we have sought to identify and aggressively work through our credit issues. As a result, nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2015 decreased $3.1 million or 26.1% to $8.7 million, and totaled 4.2% of total loans. Nonperforming loans were $11.8 million, or 5.0% of total loans, as of December 31, 2014 and $10.6 million at December 31, 2013.

 

Nonperforming assets also continued to decrease. At December 31, 2015, nonperforming assets decreased $9.0 million or 28.6% during the year and totaled $22.4 million compared to $31.3 million at December 31, 2014 and $35.6 million at December 31, 2013. As a percentage of total assets, nonperforming assets were 6.2%, 7.4%, and 8.2% as of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes nonperforming assets for the five years ended December 31, 2015:

 

Nonperforming Assets		2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonaccrual loans		$	8,742		$	11,661		$	10,631		$	22,567		$	44,682
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest			—			170			—			157			76
Total nonperforming loans			8,742			11,831			10,631			22,724			44,758
Other real estate owned			13,624			19,501			24,972			19,464			15,665
Total nonperforming assets		$	22,366		$	31,332		$	35,603		$	42,188		$	60,423
Nonperforming assets to total assets			6.19	%		7.43	%		8.19	%		9.00	%		11.28	%
Nonperforming loans to total loans			4.18	%		5.02	%		4.15	%		7.52	%		12.20	%

LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

Credit Risk Management

 

Another method used to monitor the loan portfolio is credit grading. Credit risk entails both general risk, which is inherent in the process of lending, and risk that is specific to individual borrowers. The management of credit risk involves the processes of loan underwriting and loan administration. The Company seeks to manage credit risk through a strategy of making loans within the Company’s primary marketplace and within the Company’s limits of expertise. Although management seeks to avoid concentrations of credit by loan type or industry through diversification, a substantial portion of the borrowers’ ability to honor the terms of their loans is dependent on the business and economic conditions in Horry County in South Carolina and Columbus and Brunswick Counties in North Carolina. A continuation of the economic downturn could result in the deterioration of the quality of our loan portfolio and reduce our level of deposits, which in turn would have a negative impact on our business. Additionally, since real estate is considered by the Company as the most desirable nonmonetary collateral, a significant portion of the Company’s loans are collateralized by real estate; however, the cash flow of the borrower or the business enterprise is generally considered as the primary source of repayment. Generally, the value of real estate is not considered by the Company as the primary source of repayment for performing loans. The Company also seeks to limit total exposure to individual and affiliated borrowers. The Company seeks to manage risk specific to individual borrowers through the loan underwriting process and through an ongoing analysis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt as well as the value of the pledged collateral.

 

The Company’s loan officers and loan administration staff are charged with monitoring the Company’s loan portfolio and identifying changes in the economy or in a borrower’s circumstances which may affect the ability to repay the debt or the value of the pledged collateral. In order to assess and monitor the degree of risk in the Company’s loan portfolio, several credit risk identification and monitoring processes are utilized. The Company assesses credit risk initially through the assignment of a risk grade to each loan based upon an assessment of the borrower’s financial capacity to service the debt and the presence and value of any collateral. Commercial loans are individually graded at origination and credit grades are reviewed on a regular basis in accordance with our loan policy. Consumer loans are assigned a “pass” credit rating unless something within the loan warrants a specific classification grade.

 

Credit grading is adjusted during the life of the loan to reflect economic and individual changes having an impact on the borrowers’ abilities to honor the terms of their commitments. Management uses the risk grades as a tool for identifying known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio and for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

The following table summarizes management’s internal credit risk grades, by portfolio class, as of December 31, 2015.

 

					Commercial
(Dollars in thousands)		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Grade 1 - Minimal		$	975		$	—		$	434		$	—		$	1,409
Grade 2 – Modest			561			1,024			37			277			1,899
Grade 3 – Average			4,934			5,620			218			4,716			15,488
Grade 4 – Satisfactory			14,693			58,549			4,031			53,187			130,460
Grade 5 – Watch			2,445			9,654			152			2,988			15,239
Grade 6 – Special Mention			992			6,321			98			3,544			10,955
Grade 7 – Substandard			3,281			20,123			144			10,369			33,917
Grade 8 – Doubtful			—			—			—			—			—
Grade 9 – Loss			—			—			—			—			—
Total Loans		$	27,881		$	101,291		$	5,114		$	75,081		$	209,367

 

The following table summarizes management’s internal credit risk grades, by portfolio class, as of December 31, 2014.

 

					Commercial
(Dollars in thousands)		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Grade 1 - Minimal		$	1,093		$	—		$	531		$	—		$	1,624
Grade 2 – Modest			1,164			679			93			1,216			3,152
Grade 3 – Average			3,868			5,618			156			4,688			14,330
Grade 4 – Satisfactory			16,367			59,536			4,928			56,758			137,589
Grade 5 – Watch			2,905			16,091			178			4,695			23,869
Grade 6 – Special Mention			1,191			4,249			132			3,747			9,319
Grade 7 – Substandard			4,306			27,679			211			13,464			45,660
Grade 8 – Doubtful			—			—			—			—			—
Grade 9 – Loss			—			—			—			—			—
Total Loans		$	30,894		$	113,852		$	6,229		$	84,568		$	235,543

 

Loans graded one through four are considered “pass” credits. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, approximately $149.3 million, or 71.3%, and $156.7 million, or 66.5%, respectively, of the loan portfolio had a credit grade of “minimal”, “modest”, “average” or “satisfactory.” For loans to qualify for this grade, they must be performing relatively close to expectations, with no significant departures from the intended source and timing of repayment.

 

Loans with a credit grade of “watch” and “special mention” are not considered classified; however, they are categorized as a watch list credit and are considered potential problem loans. This classification is utilized by us when we have an initial concern about the financial health of a borrower and monitor continued performance of upgraded previously classified credits.  These loans are designated as such in order to be monitored more closely than other credits in our portfolio. We then gather current financial information about the borrower and evaluate our current risk in the credit.  We will then either reclassify the loan as “substandard” or back to its original risk rating after a review of the information.  There are times when we may leave the loan on the watch list, if, in management’s opinion, there are risks that cannot be fully evaluated without the passage of time, and we determine to review the loan on a more regular basis.  Loans on the watch list are not considered problem loans until they are determined by management to be classified as substandard. As of December 31, 2015, loans with a credit grade of “watch” and “special mention” totaled $26.2 million. As of December 31, 2014, those loans totaled $33.2 million. Watch list loans are considered potential problem loans and are monitored as they may develop into problem loans in the future. 

 

Loans graded “substandard”, “doubtful”, and “loss” are considered classified loans. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, classified loans totaled $33.9 million and $45.7 million, respectively, with $30.5 million and $41.1 million, respectively, being collateralized by real estate. This amount included $29.1 million in TDRs, of which $23.6 million were considered to be performing at December 31, 2015. Classified loans included $33.2 million in TDRs, of which $28.2 million were considered to be performing at December 31, 2014. Classified loans are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly basis.

LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

We identify impaired loans through our normal internal loan review process. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by calculating either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (including accrued interest, net of deferred loan fees or costs), an impairment is recognized by establishing or adjusting an existing allocation of the allowance, or by recording a partial charge-off of the loan to its fair value. When an impaired loan is ultimately charged-off, the charge-off is taken against the specific reserve, if any.

 

Impaired loans are valued on a nonrecurring basis at the lower of cost or market value of the underlying collateral, less any selling costs, or based on the net present value of cash flows. For loans valued based on collateral, market values were obtained using independent appraisals, updated every 18 to 24 months, in accordance with our reappraisal policy, or other market data such as recent offers to the borrower. At December 31, 2015, the recorded investment in impaired loans was $33.9 million, compared to $41.4 million and $45.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Troubled debt restructurings are loans which have been restructured from their original contractual terms and include concessions that would not otherwise have been granted outside of the financial difficulty of the borrower. Concessions can relate to the contractual interest rate, maturity date, or payment structure of the note. As part of our workout plan for individual loan relationships, we may restructure loan terms to assist borrowers facing challenges in the current economic environment. The purpose of a troubled debt restructuring is to facilitate ultimate repayment of the loan.

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the principal balance of troubled debt restructurings totaled $29.1 million and $33.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2015, $23.6 million of these restructured loans were performing as expected under the new terms, and $5.5 million were considered nonperforming and evaluated for reserves on the basis of the fair value of the collateral. At December 31, 2014, $28.2 million of these restructured loans were performing as expected under the new terms, and $5.0 million were considered nonperforming and evaluated for reserves on the basis of the fair value of the collateral. A troubled debt restructuring can be removed from nonperforming status once there is sufficient history of demonstrating the borrower can service the credit under market terms. We currently consider sufficient history to be approximately six months.

 

A rollforward of TDRs for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is presented below:

 

TDRs		2015				2014
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, beginning of period		$	33,166			$	31,453
New TDRs and advances			1,393				9,617
Repayments			(2,688	)			(6,602	)
Charged-off and foreclosed TDRs			(2,809	)			(1,302	)
Balance, end of period		$	29,062			$	33,166

 

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

We have established an allowance for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to expense on our statements of operations. The allowance represents an amount which management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. We do not allocate specific percentages of our allowance for loan losses to the various categories of loans but evaluate the adequacy on an overall portfolio basis utilizing several factors. The primary factor considered is the credit risk grading system, which is applied to each loan. The amount of both nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more is also considered. The historical loan loss experience, the size of our lending portfolio, changes in the lending policies and procedures, changes in volume or type of credits, changes in volume/severity of problem loans, quality of loan review and board of director oversight, concentrations of credit, and peer group comparisons, and current and anticipated economic conditions are also considered in determining the provision for loan losses. The amount of the allowance is adjusted periodically based on changing circumstances. Recognized losses are charged to the allowance for loan losses, while subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance.

 

We regularly monitor past due and classified loans. However, it should be noted that no assurances can be made that future charges to the allowance for loan losses or provisions for loan losses may not be significant to a particular accounting period.

LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

Our judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance is based upon a number of assumptions about future events which we believe to be reasonable, but which may or may not prove to be accurate. Because of the inherent uncertainty of assumptions made during the evaluation process, there can be no assurance that loan losses in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses or that additional allocations will not be required. Our losses will undoubtedly vary from our estimates, and there is a possibility that charge-offs in future periods will exceed the allowance for loan losses as estimated at any point in time.

 

At December 31, 2015, $1.1 million of the allowance was reserved for impaired loans compared to $1.9 million at December 31, 2014 and $3.8 million at December 31, 2013. Net loan charge-offs decreased from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 after slightly increasing from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

The following table presents the Allowance for Loan Losses by loan category and the loan category as a percentage of total loans. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.

 

		December 31,
		2015						2014						2013						2012						2011
(in thousands)		$			%(1)			$			%(1)			$			%(1)			$			%(1)			$			%(1)
Commercial		$	952			13.3	%	$	597			13.1	%	$	1,020			13.1	%	$	1,982			13.6	%	$	3,239			14.2	%
Commercial Real Estate			2,543			48.3	%		3,591			48.3	%		5,312			50.9	%		7,587			53.4	%		10,240			53.6	%
Consumer			80			2.5	%		185			2.7	%		144			3.1	%		124			2.7	%		103			2.4	%
Residential			1,026			35.9	%		1,414			35.9	%		2,967			32.9	%		4,457			30.3	%		7,596			29.8	%
		$	4,601			100.0	%	$	5,787			100.0	%	$	9,443			100.0	%	$	14,150			100.0	%	$	21,178			100.0	%

 

(1)

Loan category as a percentage of total loans.

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to our allowance for loan losses.

 

Summary of Loan Loss Experience
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013			2012			2011
Total loans outstanding at end of period		$	209,367		$	235,543		$	256,424		$	302,234		$	366,995
Average loans outstanding		$	226,365		$	249,358		$	280,208		$	337,445		$	410,043
Balance of allowance for loan losses at beginning of period		$	5,787		$	9,443		$	14,150		$	21,178		$	14,489
Charge offs:
Real estate			(1,713	)		(5,620	)		(5,568	)		(15,193	)		(16,217	)
Commercial			(539	)		(1,068	)		(1,691	)		(3,242	)		(3,229	)
Consumer and credit card			(81	)		(343	)		(217	)		(106	)		(193	)
Other loans			—			—			—			—			(196	)
Total charge-offs			(2,333	)		(7,031	)		(7,476	)		(18,541	)		(19,835	)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off			1,147			2,314			4,266			983			1,253
Net charge-offs			(1,186	)		(4,717	)		(3,210	)		(17,558	)		(18,582	)
Provision charged to operations			—			1,061			(1,497	)		10,530			25,271
Balance of allowance for loan losses at end of period		$	4,601		$	5,787		$	9,443		$	14,150		$	21,178
Ratios:
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding			0.52	%		1.89	%		1.15	%		5.20	%		4.53	%
Net charge-offs to loans at end of year			0.57	%		2.00	%		1.25	%		5.81	%		5.06	%
Allowance for loan losses to average loans			2.03	%		2.32	%		3.37	%		4.19	%		5.16	%
Allowance for loan losses to loans at end of year			2.20	%		2.46	%		3.68	%		4.68	%		5.77	%
Net charge-offs to allowance for loan losses			25.78	%		81.51	%		33.99	%		124.08	%		87.74	%
Net charge-offs to provisions for loan losses			n/a			444.58	%		n/a			166.74	%		73.53	%

AVERAGE DAILY DEPOSITS

 

The following table summarizes our average daily deposits during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013. These totals include time deposits $100 thousand and over. At December 31, 2015 time deposits $100,000 and over totaled $131.1 million. Of this total, scheduled maturities within three months were $21.8 million; over three through 12 months were $30.7 million; and over 12 months were $78.6 million.

 

The adverse economic environment placed greater pressure on our deposits, and the Consent Order prohibited the Bank from the acceptance, renewal or rollover of any brokered deposits. Therefore, we took steps to decrease our reliance on brokered deposits. As of December 31, 2015, we had no brokered deposits compared to $14.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and $18.6 million as of December 31, 2013. If needed, we may need to look to secondary sources of liquidity such as proceeds from FHLB advances and Qwickrate CDs.

 

		2015						2014						2013
					Average							Average						Average
		Average			Rate			Average			Rate			Average			Rate
(Dollars in thousands)		Amount			Paid			Amount			Paid			Amount			Paid
Noninterest-bearing demand		$	45,369			n/a		$	40,046			n/a		$	35,583			n/a
Interest-bearing transaction accounts			41,510			0.15	%		41,010			0.17	%		41,469			0.19	%
Money market savings account			75,880			0.44	%		81,688			0.44	%		84,519			0.42	%
Other savings accounts			10,754			0.25	%		9,862			0.25	%		8,681			0.25	%
Time deposits			196,231			1.02	%		239,305			1.06	%		255,508			1.10	%
Total average deposits		$	369,744					$	411,911					$	425,760

 

ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s FHLB borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

		Maximum						Weighted
		Outstanding						Average
		at any			Average			Interest			Balance
(Dollars in thousands)		Month End			Balance			Rate			December 31
2015
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank		$	17,000		$	17,000			3.44	%	$	17,000
2014
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank		$	22,000		$	21,685			3.44	%	$	17,000
2013
Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank		$	22,000		$	22,000			3.39	%	$	22,000

 

Advances from the FHLB are collateralized by one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, certain commercial real estate loans, certain securities in the Bank’s investment portfolio and the Company’s investment in FHLB stock. Although we expect to continue using FHLB advances as a secondary funding source, core deposits will continue to be our primary funding source. Of the $17.0 million advances from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2015, $12.0 million have scheduled principal reductions in 2018, and the remainder in 2019. As a result of negative financial performance indicators, there is a risk that the Bank’s ability to borrow from the FHLB could be curtailed or eliminated. Although to date the Bank has not been denied advances from the FHLB, the Bank has had its collateral maintenance requirements altered to reflect the increase in our credit risk. Thus, we can make no assurances that this funding source will continue to be available to us.

SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

On July 31, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of subordinated promissory notes that totaled $12.1 million. The notes currently bear interest at a rate equal to the current Prime Rate in effect, as published by the Wall Street Journal, plus 3%; provided, that the rate of interest shall not be less than 8% per annum or more than 12% per annum. The subordinated notes have been structured to fully count as Tier 2 regulatory capital on a consolidated basis.

 

During 2013, $1.0 million of the subordinated notes were cancelled by the holder as part of a settlement of litigation between the holder, the Bank, and the Company. The Company is obligated to contribute capital in this amount to the Bank when it is able to do so. The forgiveness of this debt was recognized in 2013 as noninterest income in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has prohibited the Company from paying interest due on the subordinated notes since October 2011 and, as a result, the Company has deferred interest payments in the amount of approximately $4.9 million as of December 31, 2015.

 

As noted above in Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, effective as of September 16, 2015, the Company, the Bank, and certain other defendants, entered into a class action settlement agreement in potential settlement of the putative class action lawsuit initiated with respect to alleged wrongful conduct associated with purchases of the Company’s subordinated promissory notes. On March 2, 2016, the court entered a final order of approval approving the class action settlement agreement. The Company must still receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections before any payments may be made from the settlement fund. Assuming these regulatory approvals or nonobjections are received, the Company anticipates that it will fund the settlement fund promptly following the closing of the private placement transaction.

TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

 

On December 21, 2004, the HCSB Financial Trust (the “Trust”) issued $6.0 million floating rate trust preferred securities with a maturity of December 31, 2034. In accordance with current accounting standards, the trust has not been consolidated in these financial statements. The Company received from the Trust the $6.0 million proceeds from the issuance of the securities and the $186 thousand initial proceeds from the capital investment in the Trust and, accordingly, has shown the funds due to the trust as a $6.2 million junior subordinated debenture. The current regulatory rules allow certain amounts of junior subordinated debentures to be included in the calculation of regulatory capital.

 

The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has prohibited the Company from paying interest due on the trust preferred securities since February 2011 and as a result, the Company has deferred interest payments in the amount of approximately $901 thousand as of December 31, 2015. All of the deferred interest, including interest accrued on such deferred interest, is due and payable at the end of the applicable deferral period, which was on March 15, 2016. On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with Alesco, pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all of the outstanding trust preferred securities for an aggregate cash payment of $600,000, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Alesco not to exceed $25,000. Alesco also agreed to forgive any and all unpaid interest on the trust preferred securities. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction. However, if we are unable to close the repurchase in a timely manner, because the Company is in default under the terms of the indenture related to the trust preferred securities, the trustee or Alesco, by providing written notice to the Company, may declare the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable. If the trustee or Alesco declares the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable, we could be forced into involuntary bankruptcy.

 

On March 16, 2016, the Company received a notice of default from The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee, relating to the trust preferred securities. The notice of default relates specifically to the Indenture dated December 21, 2004, by and among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., successor-in-interest to JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, under which the Company issued the trust preferred securities. As permitted by the Indenture, the Company previously exercised its right to defer interest payments on the trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarterly payment periods. The Company’s right to defer such interest payments expired on March 15, 2016, at which time all deferred payments of interest became due and payable. The Company did not pay such deferred interest at the end of the permitted deferral period, constituting an event of default under the Indenture, and therefore pursuant to the Indenture, the trustee provided this notice of default. Receipt of this notice of default from the trustee does not affect the Company’s plans to repurchase the trust preferred securities under the securities purchase agreement.

 

Under the Indenture, the principal amount of the trust preferred securities, together with any premium and unpaid accrued interest, only becomes due upon such an event of default after the trustee, or Alesco, as the holder of not less than 25% of the trust preferred securities outstanding, declares such amounts due and payable by written notice to the Company. To date, the Company has not received such written notice from the trustee or Alesco. As of March 16, 2016, the total principal amount outstanding on the trust preferred securities plus accrued and unpaid interest was $7.1 million.

SERIES T PREFERRED STOCK

 

In March 2009, in connection with the CPP, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury 12,895 shares of the Company’s Series T Preferred Stock. The Series T Preferred Stock has a dividend rate of 5% for the first five years and 9% thereafter, and has a call feature after three years.

 

In connection with the sale of the Series T Preferred Stock, the Company also issued to the U.S. Treasury the CPP Warrant to purchase up to 91,714 shares of the Company’s common stock at an initial exercise price of $21.09 per share.

 

As required under the CPP, dividend payments on and repurchases of the Company’s common stock are subject to certain restrictions. For as long as the Series T Preferred Stock is outstanding, no dividends may be declared or paid on the Company’s common stock until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock are fully paid. In addition, the U.S. Treasury’s consent is required for any increase in dividends on common stock before the third anniversary of issuance of the Series T Preferred Stock and for any repurchase of any common stock except for repurchases of common shares in connection with benefit plans.

 

The Series T Preferred Stock and the CPP Warrant were sold to the U.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $12.9 million in cash. The purchase price was allocated between the Series T Preferred Stock and the CPP Warrant based upon the relative fair values of each to arrive at the amounts recorded by the Company. This resulted in the Series T Preferred Stock being issued at a discount which is being amortized on a level yield basis as a charge to retained earnings over an assumed life of five years.

 

As of February 2011, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, the Company’s primary federal regulator, has required the Company to defer dividend payments on the 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock. Therefore, for each quarterly period beginning in February 2011, the Company notified the U.S. Treasury of its deferral of quarterly dividend payments on the Series T Preferred Stock. The amount of each of the Company’s quarterly interest payments was approximately $161 thousand through March 2014 and then increased to $290 thousand. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $4.7 million of deferred dividend payments due on the Series T Preferred Stock. Because the Company has deferred these 20 payments, the Company is prohibited from paying any dividends on its common stock until all deferred payments have been made in full. In addition, whenever dividends payable on the shares of the Series T Preferred Stock have been deferred for an aggregate of six or more quarterly dividend periods, the holders of the preferred stock have the right to elect two directors to fill newly created directorships at the Company’s next annual meeting of the shareholders. As a result of the Company’s deferral of dividend payments on the Series T Preferred Stock, the U.S. Treasury, the current holder of all 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock, requested the Company’s non-objection to appoint a representative to observe monthly meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company granted the U.S. Treasury’s request and a representative of the U.S. Treasury has attended the Company’s monthly board meetings since June 2012. As of the date of this report, the U.S. Treasury has not notified the Company whether it intends to elect two directors to fill newly created directorships at the Company’s 2016 annual meeting of the shareholders. The Company has never paid a cash dividend, but as a result of the Company’s financial condition and these restrictions on the Company, including the restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company, the Company has not been permitted to pay a dividend on its common stock since 2009.

 

On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $128,950, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by the U.S. Treasury not to exceed $25,000. The U.S. Treasury also agreed to waive any and all unpaid dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock and to cancel the CPP Warrant. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction.

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL REPORTING ISSUES

 

We have adopted various accounting policies, which govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in the preparation of our financial statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015. Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by us which have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities. We consider these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The judgments and assumptions we use are based on historical experience and other factors, which we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the nature of the judgments and assumptions we make, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates which could have a material impact on our carrying values of assets and liabilities and our results of operations.

 

We believe the allowance for loan losses is a critical accounting policy that requires significant judgment and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Refer to the portion of this discussion that addresses our allowance for loan losses for a description of our processes and methodology for determining our allowance for loan losses.

 

The determination of the value of other real estate owned is also considered a critical accounting policy as management must use significant judgment and estimates when considering the reasonableness of the value.

 

The income tax provision is also an accounting policy that requires judgment as the Company seeks strategies to minimize the tax effect of implementing their business strategies. The Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by both federal and state authorities. Such examinations may result in assessment of additional taxes, interest and penalties. As a result, the ultimate outcome, and the corresponding financial statement impact, can be difficult to predict with accuracy.

 

Fair value determination and other-than-temporary impairment is subject to management’s evaluation to determine if it is probable that all amounts due according to contractual terms will be collected to determine if any other-than-temporary impairment exists. The process of evaluating other-than-temporary impairment is inherently judgmental, involving the weighing of positive and negative factors and evidence that may be objective or subjective.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

Not required.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

HCSB Financial Corporation and Subsidiary

Loris, South Carolina

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HCSB Financial Corporation and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HCSB Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 2014, and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses that have eroded regulatory capital ratios and the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Horry County State Bank, is under a regulatory Consent Order with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) that requires, among other provisions, capital ratios to be maintained at certain levels. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s subsidiary is considered significantly undercapitalized based on its regulatory capital levels. These considerations raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Company also has deferred interest payments on its junior subordinated debentures for 20 consecutive quarters as of December 31, 2015. Under the terms of the debentures, the Company may defer payments for up to 20 consecutive quarters without creating a default. Payment for the 20^th quarterly interest deferral period was due in March 2016. The Company failed to pay the deferred and compounded interest at the end of the deferral period, and the trustees of the corresponding trusts, have the right, after any applicable grace period, to exercise various remedies, including demanding immediate payment in full of the entire outstanding principal amount of the debentures. The balance of the debentures and accrued interest as of December 31, 2015 were $6,186,000 and $901,000, respectively. These events also raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as of December 31, 2015. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are discussed in Note 2. These financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

 

/s/ Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC 

Columbia, South Carolina

March 30, 2016

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

			December 31,
(Dollars in thousands except share amounts)		2015			2014			2013
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks		$	22,137		$	28,527		$	28,081
Investment securities:
Securities available-for-sale			89,701			106,674			94,602
Nonmarketable equity securities			1,330			1,342			1,743
Total investment securities			91,031			108,016			96,345
Loans receivable			209,367			235,543			256,424
Less allowance for loan losses			(4,601	)		(5,787	)		(9,443	)
Loans, net			204,766			229,756			246,981
Premises, furniture and equipment, net			15,917			20,292			20,802
Accrued interest receivable			1,745			1,973			2,197
Cash value of life insurance			11,319			11,002			11,002
Other real estate owned			13,624			19,501			24,972
Other assets			994			2,504			4,206
Total assets		$	361,533		$	421,571		$	434,586
Liabilities:
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing transaction accounts		$	40,182		$	40,172		$	33,081
Interest-bearing transaction accounts			40,478			44,283			42,723
Money market savings accounts			65,806			75,811			78,829
Other savings accounts			10,394			10,272			8,872
Time deposits $250 and over			3,735			6,786			10,107
Other time deposits			170,236			214,013			232,432
Total deposits			330,831			391,337			406,044
Repurchase agreements			1,716			1,612			1,337
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank			17,000			17,000			22,000
Subordinated debentures			11,062			11,062			11,062
Junior subordinated debentures			6,186			6,186			6,186
Accrued interest payable			5,958			4,583			3,305
Other liabilities			1,030			1,038			1,094
Total liabilities			373,783			432,818			451,028
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5, 13, & 14)
Shareholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; 12,895 shares issued and outstanding			12,895			12,895			12,838
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 3,846,340, 3,816,340 and 3,738,337 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively			38			38			37
Capital surplus			30,220			30,214			30,157
Common stock warrant			1,012			1,012			1,012
Retained deficit			(54,807	)		(54,561	)		(54,213	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(1,608	)		(845	)		(6,273	)
Total shareholders’ deficit			(12,250	)		(11,247	)		(16,442	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit		$	361,533		$	421,571		$	434,586

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

			Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands except share amounts)		2015			2014			2013
Interest income:
Loans, including fees		$	11,628		$	13,417		$	14,693
Investment securities:
Taxable			1,980			2,542			2,212
Tax-exempt			—			14			45
Nonmarketable equity securities			51			60			44
Other interest income			67			62			77
Total			13,726			16,095			17,071
Interest expense:
Deposits			2,432			2,995			3,273
Borrowings			2,022			2,059			2,028
Total			4,454			5,054			5,301
Net interest income			9,272			11,041			11,770
Provision for (recovery of) loan losses			—			1,061			(1,497	)
Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) loan losses			9,272			9,980			13,267
Noninterest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts			744			880			927
Gains on sales of securities available-for-sale			232			201			298
Gain on sale of residential mortgage loans			181			229			254
Other fees and commissions			404			438			472
Brokerage commissions			85			79			165
Income from cash value of life insurance			431			440			448
Net gains (losses) on sales of assets			717			6			(10	)
Forgiveness of debt			—			—			1,000
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance			—			940			—
Other operating income			341			343			402
Total			3,135			3,556			3,956
Noninterest expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits			5,383			5,606			5,985
Net occupancy			1,122			1,220			1,200
Furniture and equipment			1,011			1,023			1,026
Net cost of operations of other real estate owned			632			1,411			1,373
FDIC insurance premiums			1,391			1,574			1,564
Other operating expenses			3,087			2,915			4,312
Total			12,626			13,749			15,460
Net income (loss) before income taxes			(219	)		(213	)		1,763
Income tax expense			27			78			—
Net income (loss)			(246	)		(291	)		1,763
Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value			—			(57	)		(199	)
Preferred dividends			(1,512	)		(1,055	)		(653	)
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders		$	(1,758	)	$	(1,403	)	$	911
Net income (loss) per common share, basic		$	(0.46	)	$	(0.37	)	$	0.24
Net income (loss) per common share, diluted		$	(0.46	)	$	(0.37	)	$	0.24
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic and diluted			3,823,244			3,770,355			3,738,337

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

			Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Net income (loss)		$	(246	)	$	(291	)	$	1,763
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period			(531	)		5,629			(6,145	)
Tax expense			—			—			—
Reclassification to realized gains			(232	)		(201	)		(298	)
Tax expense			—			—			—
Other comprehensive income (loss)			(763	)		5,428			(6,443	)
Comprehensive income (loss)		$	(1,009	)	$	5,137		$	(4,680	)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

																														Accumulated
										Common																				Other
		Common Stock								Stock				Preferred Stock								Capital				Retained				Comprehensive
		Shares				Amount				Warrant				Shares				Amount				Surplus				Deficit				Income (Loss)				Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance, December 31, 2012			3,738,337			$	37			$	1,012				12,895			$	12,639			$	30,157			$	(55,777	)		$	170			$	(11,762	)
Net income			—				—				—				—				—				—				1,763				—				1,763
Other comprehensive loss			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(6,443	)			(6,443	)
Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value			—				—				—				—				199				—				(199	)			—				—
Balance, December 31, 2013			3,738,337				37				1,012				12,895				12,838				30,157				(54,213	)			(6,273	)			(16,442	)
Net loss			—				—				—				—				—				—				(291	)			—				(291	)
Other comprehensive income			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				5,428				5,428
Sale of common stock			78,003				1				—				—				—				57				—				—				58
Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value			—				—				—				—				57				—				(57	)			—				—
Balance, December 31, 2014			3,816,340				38				1,012				12,895				12,895				30,214				(54,561	)			(845	)			(11,247	)
Net loss			—				—				—				—				—				—				(246	)			—				(246	)
Other comprehensive loss			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(763	)			(763	)
Sale of common stock			30,000				—				—				—				—				6				—				—				6
Balance, December 31, 2015			3,846,340			$	38			$	1,012				12,895			$	12,895			$	30,220			$	(54,807	)		$	(1,608	)		$	(12,250	)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(Dollars in thousands)		Years ended December 31,
		2015			2014			2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)		$	(246	)	$	(291	)	$	1,763
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used by) operating activities:
Provision for loan losses			—			1,061			(1,497	)
Depreciation expense			742			789			824
Forgiveness of debt			—			—			(1,000	)
Amortization, net of accretion on investments			153			266			151
Gains on sales of securities available-for-sale			(232	)		(201	)		(298	)
(Gains) losses on sales of other real estate owned			(333	)		26			(721	)
Writedowns of other real estate owned			226			317			768
Net gain on sale of branches			(736	)		—			—
(Gains) loss on sale of other assets			19			(6	)		10
Decrease in accrued interest receivable			228			224			173
Increase in accrued interest payable			1,383			1,278			1,098
(Increase) decrease in other assets			1,491			1,708			(3,390	)
Income (net of mortality costs) on cash value of life insurance			(317	)		—			(347	)
Decrease in other liabilities			22			(56	)		(45	)
Net cash provided by (used by) operating activities			2,400			5,115			(2,511	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of securities available-for-sale			(22,879	)		(59,354	)		(62,559	)
Maturities and paydowns of securities available-for-sale			15,842			19,822			13,095
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale			23,326			32,823			25,886
Net decrease in loans to customers			15,204			13,981			24,941
Net sales (purchases) of premises, furniture and equipment			(244	)		(279	)		68
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned			10,042			7,311			12,104
Redemptions of nonmarketable equity securities			12			401			240
Net cash paid in branch sale			(23,933	)		—			—
Net cash provided by investing activities			17,370			14,705			13,775
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction   and savings accounts			7,188			7,033			(5,327	)
Net decrease in time deposits			(33,458	)		(21,740	)		(24,490	)
Net decrease in FHLB advances			—			(5,000	)		—
Net increase in repurchase agreements			104			275			34
Sale of common stock			6			58			—
Net cash used by financing activities			(26,160	)		(19,374	)		(29,783	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			(6,390	)		446			(18,519	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year			28,527			28,081			46,600
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year		$	22,137		$	28,527		$	28,081
Supplemental information:
Cash paid for interest		$	3,079		$	3,776		$	4,203
Cash paid for income taxes		$	16		$	78		$	—
Supplemental noncash investing and financing activities:
Transfers of loans to other real estate owned		$	4,058		$	2,183		$	17,659

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HCSB Financial Corporation (the “Company”) which was incorporated on June 10, 1999 to serve as a bank holding company for its wholly owned subsidiary, Horry County State Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank was incorporated on December 18, 1987, and opened for operations on January 4, 1988. The principal business activity of the Company is to provide commercial banking services in Horry County, South Carolina, and in Columbus and Brunswick Counties, North Carolina. The Bank is a state-chartered bank, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). HCSB Financial Trust I (the “Trust”) is a special purpose subsidiary organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The operations of the Trust have not been consolidated in these financial statements.

 

On December 21, 2004, the Trust issued and sold a total of 6,000 trust preferred securities, with $1,000 liquidation amount per capital security, to institutional buyers in a pooled trust preferred issue. The trust preferred securities, which are reported on the consolidated balance sheet as junior subordinated debentures, generated proceeds of $6.0 million. As required by the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, beginning in March 2011, we began exercising our right to defer all quarterly distributions on our trust preferred securities. We may defer these interest payments for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, although interest will continue to accrue on the trust preferred securities and interest on such deferred interest will also accrue and compound quarterly from the date such deferred interest would have been payable were it not for the extension period. At December 31, 2015, total accrued interest equaled $901 thousand. All of the deferred interest, including interest accrued on such deferred interest, is due and payable at the end of the applicable deferral period, which is in March 2016. On February 29, 2015, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the holder of the trust preferred securities, Alesco Preferred Funding VI LTD (“Alesco”), pursuant to which the Company intends to repurchase the trust preferred securities for $600,000, plus up to $25,000 in reimbursement of Alesco’s attorneys’ fees and other expenses. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction (described below). Refer to Note 11 to our Financial Statements for additional information on the outstanding trust preferred securities.

 

On March 6, 2009, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2009, the Company issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 12,895 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series T Preferred Stock”), and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 91,714 shares of its common stock at an initial exercise price of $21.09 per share (the “CPP Warrant”), for an aggregate purchase price of $12.9 million in cash. As of February 2011, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has required the Company to defer dividend payments on the Series T Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $4.7 million of deferred dividend payments due on the Series T Preferred Stock. Because the Company has deferred these 20 payments, the Company is prohibited from paying any dividends on its common stock until all deferred payments have been made in full. On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company intends to repurchase all 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock for $128,950, plus up to $25,000 in reimbursement of the U.S. Treasury’s attorneys’ fees and other expenses. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction. Refer to Note 15 to our financial statements for additional information on the outstanding Series T Preferred Stock.

 

On July 31, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of subordinated promissory notes that totaled $12.1 million. The notes currently bear interest at a rate equal to the current Prime Rate in effect, as published by the Wall Street Journal, plus 3%; provided, that the rate of interest shall not be less than 8% per annum or more than 12% per annum. The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has prohibited the Company from paying interest due on the subordinated notes since October 2011 and, as a result, the Company has deferred interest payments in the amount of approximately $4.9 million as of December 31, 2015. Effective as of September 16, 2015, the Company, the Bank, James R. Clarkson, Glenn Raymond Bullard, Ron Lee Paige, Sr., and Edward Lewis Loehr, Jr., the President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank, respectively, entered into a class action settlement agreement in potential settlement of a putative class action lawsuit initiated by Jan W. Snyder, Acey H. Livingston, and Mark Josephs, on behalf of themselves and as representatives of a class of similarly situated purchasers of the Company’s subordinated debt notes. The class action lawsuit is seeking an unspecified amount of damages resulting from alleged wrongful conduct associated with purchases of the Company’s subordinated debt notes.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation (continued) On March 2, 2016, the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Horry entered a final order of approval approving the class action settlement agreement, pursuant to which the Company will establish a settlement fund of approximately $2.4 million, which represents 20% of the principal of subordinated debt notes issued by the Company, and class members will be entitled to receive 20% of their notes, which will be paid from the settlement fund, in exchange for a full and complete release of all claims that were asserted or could have been asserted in the class action lawsuit. In addition, the Company has separately executed binding settlement agreements with all holders of subordinated promissory notes who opted out of the class action settlement and agreed to settle all other litigation relating to the subordinated promissory notes. Like the class action settlement, these settlements will be completed immediately upon the closing of the private placement transaction and will be in full satisfaction of the principal and interest owed on, and require the immediate dismissal of all pending litigation related to, the respective subordinated promissory notes. In each case, the Company and the Bank also obtained a full and complete release of all claims asserted or that could have been asserted with respect to the subordinated promissory notes. Refer to Note 12 to our Financial Statements for additional information on the outstanding subordinated promissory notes.

 

On August 7, 2015, the Bank consummated the sale of its Socastee, Windy Hill, and Carolina Forest branches, with total deposits of approximately $34.2 million and approximately $5.7 million in loans, to Sandhills Bank, North Myrtle Beach, South Carolina. The transaction included a deposit premium of 2.5% resulting in a net gain of approximately $736 thousand to the Company, after closing costs.

 

On March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek Capital Partners VI, L.P. (“Castle Creek”) and certain other institutional and accredited investors (collectively, the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction and to issue shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a purchase price of $0.10 per share, and shares of a new series of convertible perpetual non-voting preferred stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). The stock purchase agreement is subject to customary closing conditions, including receipt of necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for the repurchase or redemption of the Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and subordinated promissory notes in each of the transactions described above. The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the private placement transaction to repurchase or redeem these senior securities and to recapitalize the Bank to support its operations and increase its capital ratios to meet the higher minimum capital ratios required under the terms of the Consent Order (as defined below).

 

Effective as of February 26, 2016, W. Jack McElveen, Jr. was appointed as chief credit officer of the Bank, to replace Glenn R. Bullard, who retired from his position as the Company’s and the Bank’s Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer.

 

In connection with the comprehensive recapitalization of the Company and the Bank, on March 3, 2016, the board of directors of the Company announced that it has agreed to appoint Jan H. Hollar as the chief executive officer and a director of the Company and the Bank, effective as of the closing of the private placement transaction. On February 29, 2016, the Company and the Bank entered into an employment agreement, which will become effective upon the closing of the private placement transaction, pursuant to which Ms. Hollar will assume this role.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation (continued) On March 16, 2016, the Company received a notice of default from The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee, relating to the trust preferred securities. The notice of default relates specifically to the Indenture dated December 21, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., successor-in-interest to JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, under which the Company issued the trust preferred securities. As permitted by the Indenture, the Company previously exercised its right to defer interest payments on the trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarterly payment periods. The Company’s right to defer such interest payments expired on March 15, 2016, at which time all deferred payments of interest became due and payable. The Company did not pay such deferred interest at the end of the permitted deferral period, constituting an event of default under the Indenture, and therefore pursuant to the Indenture, the trustee provided this notice of default. Receipt of this notice of default from the trustee does not affect the Company’s plans to repurchase the trust preferred securities under the securities purchase agreement.

 

Under the Indenture, the principal amount of the trust preferred securities, together with any premium and unpaid accrued interest, only becomes due upon such an event of default after the trustee, or Alesco, as the holder of not less than 25% of the trust preferred securities outstanding, declares such amounts due and payable by written notice to the Company. To date, the Company has not received such written notice from the trustee or Alesco. As of March 16, 2016, the total principal amount outstanding on the trust preferred securities plus accrued and unpaid interest was $7.1 million.

 

Management’s Estimates - In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date and income and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, including valuation allowances for impaired loans, and the carrying amount of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. Management must also make estimates in determining the estimated useful lives and methods for depreciating premises and equipment.

 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and foreclosed real estate, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in local economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible that the allowances for losses on loans and foreclosed real estate may change materially in the near term.

 

Investment Securities - Investment securities available-for-sale owned by the Company are carried at amortized cost and adjusted to their estimated fair value for reporting purposes. The unrealized gain or loss is recorded in shareholders’ equity net of any deferred tax effects. Management does not actively trade securities classified as available-for-sale, but intends to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time and may sell them prior to maturity to achieve certain objectives. Reductions in fair value considered by management to be other than temporary are reported as a realized loss and a reduction in the cost basis in the security. The adjusted cost basis of securities available-for-sale is determined by specific identification and is used in computing the realized gain or loss from a sales transaction.

 

Nonmarketable Equity Securities - Nonmarketable equity securities include the Company’s investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”). The FHLB stock is carried at cost because the stock has no quoted market value and no ready market exists. Investment in FHLB stock is a condition of borrowing from the FHLB, and the stock is pledged to collateralize the borrowings. Dividends received on FHLB stock are included as a separate component in interest income.

 

At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the investment in FHLB stock was $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Also included in nonmarketable equities is investment in the Trust, which totaled $186 thousand at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Loans Receivable - Loans receivable are stated at their unpaid principal balance less any charge-offs. Interest income on loans is computed based upon the unpaid principal balance. Interest income is recorded in the period earned. The accrual of interest income is generally discontinued when a loan becomes contractually 90 days past due as to principal or interest. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when the estimated net realizable value of collateral exceeds the principal balance and accrued interest.

 

Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs (principally salaries and employee benefits) are deferred and amortized to income over the contractual life of the related loans or commitments, adjusted for prepayments, using the straight-line method.

 

Loans are impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. All loans are subject to these criteria except for smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and loans measured at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Company considers its consumer installment portfolio and home equity lines as such exceptions. Therefore, loans within the real estate and commercial loan portfolios are reviewed individually.

 

Impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. When management determines that a loan is impaired, the difference between the Company’s investment in the related loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows, or the fair value of the collateral, is charged off with a corresponding entry to the allowance for loan losses or a specific reserve is set aside within the allowance for loan losses. The accrual of interest is discontinued on an impaired loan when management determines the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk - Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of loans receivable, investment securities, federal funds sold and amounts due from banks.

 

The Company makes loans to individuals and small businesses for various personal and commercial purposes primarily throughout Horry County in South Carolina and Columbus and Brunswick counties of North Carolina. The Company’s loan portfolio is not concentrated in loans to any single borrower or a relatively small number of borrowers. Additionally, management is not aware of any concentrations of loans to classes of borrowers or industries that would be similarly affected by economic conditions except for loans secured by residential and commercial real estate and commercial and industrial non-real estate loans. These concentrations of residential and commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial non-real estate loans totaled $176.4 million and $27.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015, representing 84.24% and 13.32%, respectively, of gross loans receivable for the Company at December 31, 2015.

 

In addition to monitoring potential concentrations of loans to particular borrowers or groups of borrowers, industries and geographic regions, management monitors exposure to credit risk from concentrations of lending products and practices such as loans that subject borrowers to substantial payment increases (e.g. principal deferral periods, loans with initial interest-only periods, etc.), and loans with high loan-to-value ratios. Management has determined that there is no concentration of credit risk associated with its lending policies or practices. Additionally, there are industry practices that could subject the Company to increased credit risk should economic conditions change over the course of a loan’s life. For example, the Company makes variable rate loans and fixed rate principal-amortizing loans with maturities prior to the loan being fully paid (i.e. balloon payment loans). These loans are underwritten and monitored to manage the associated risks. Therefore, management believes that these particular practices do not subject the Company to unusual credit risk.

 

The Company’s investment portfolio consists principally of obligations of the United States, its agencies or its corporations and general obligation municipal securities. In the opinion of management, there is no concentration of credit risk in its investment portfolio. The Company places its deposits and correspondent accounts with and sells its federal funds to high quality institutions. Management believes credit risk associated with correspondent accounts is not significant.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Allowance for Loan Losses - The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experiences, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. Management’s judgments about the adequacy of the allowance are based on numerous assumptions about current events, which management believes to be reasonable, but which may or may not prove to be accurate. Thus, there can be no assurance that loan losses in future periods will not exceed the current allowance amount or that future increases in the allowance will not be required. No assurance can be given that management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio in light of changing economic conditions and other relevant circumstances will not require significant future additions to the allowance, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

 

The allowance is subject to examination by regulatory agencies, which may consider such factors as the methodology used to determine adequacy and the size of the allowance relative to that of peer institutions, and other adequacy tests. In addition, such regulatory agencies could require the Company to adjust its allowance based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

The methodology used to determine the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, which is included in other liabilities, is inherently similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses adjusted for factors specific to binding commitments, including the probability of funding and historical loss ratio.

 

Premises, Furniture and Equipment - Premises, furniture and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The provision for depreciation is computed by the straight-line method. Rates of depreciation are generally based on the following estimated useful lives: buildings - 40 years; furniture and equipment - three to ten years. The cost of assets sold or otherwise disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation is eliminated from the accounts, and the resulting gains or losses are reflected in the income statement.

 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to current expense as incurred, and the costs of major renewals and improvements are capitalized.

 

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate owned includes real estate acquired through foreclosure. Other real estate owned is initially recorded at appraised value, less estimated costs to sell.

 

Any write-downs at the dates of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses to maintain such assets, subsequent write-downs, and gains and losses on disposal are included in net cost of operations of other real estate owned.

 

Income and Expense Recognition - The accrual method of accounting is used for all significant categories of income and expense. Immaterial amounts of insurance commissions and other miscellaneous fees are reported when received.

 

Income Taxes – The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return and separate company state income tax returns. Federal income tax expense or benefit has been allocated to subsidiaries on a separate return basis. The Company accounts for income taxes based on two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense approximates taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period and includes income tax expense related to uncertain tax positions, if any.

 

Deferred income taxes are determined using the balance sheet method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax impacts of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in tax rates and laws in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to the Company’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties, if any, are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Income Taxes (continued) The Company reviews the deferred tax assets for recoverability based on history of earnings, expectations for future earnings and expected timing of reversals of temporary differences. Realization of a deferred tax asset ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income available under tax law, including future reversals of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing differences, taxable income in prior carryback years, projections of future operating results, cumulative tax losses over the past three years, tax loss deductibility limitations, and available tax planning strategies. If, based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset must be established with a corresponding charge to income tax expense. The deferred tax assets and valuation allowance are evaluated each quarter, and a portion of the valuation allowance may be reversed in future periods. The determination of how much of the valuation allowance that may be reversed and the timing is based on future results of operation and the amount and timing of actual loan charge-offs and asset write-downs. At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s deferred tax asset was offset in its entirety by a valuation allowance.

 

The Company believes that its income tax filing positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax returns will more likely than not be sustained upon audit by the taxing authorities and does not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow. Therefore, no reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded.

 

The private placement transaction discussed throughout this document has been structured to avoid being deemed a change in ownership under the IRS rules and the Company is continuing to work with its legal and accounting advisors to evaluate methods to preserve its deferred tax assets.

 

Advertising Expense - Advertising and public relations costs are generally expensed as incurred. External costs incurred in producing media advertising are expensed the first time the advertising takes place. External costs relating to direct mailing costs are expensed in the period in which the direct mailings are sent. Advertising and public relations costs of $60 thousand, $16 thousand and $19 thousand were included in the Company’s results of operations in other operating expenses for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share - Basic income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted net income per common share is computed based on net income divided by the weighted average number of common and potential common shares. The computation of diluted net loss per share does not include potential common shares as their effect would be anti-dilutive. The only potential common share equivalents are related to the CPP Warrant.

 

Comprehensive Income - Accounting principles generally require recognized income, expenses, gains, and losses to be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income and are also presented in a separate statement of comprehensive income. Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company consists entirely of unrealized holding gains and losses on available for sale securities.

 

Statements of Cash Flows - For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers certain highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents include amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing deposits with other banks.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments - In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. These financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable by the customer.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements – The following is a summary of recent authoritative pronouncements.

 

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) amended the Receivables topic of the Accounting Standards Codification (the “ASC”). The amendments are intended to resolve diversity in practice with respect to when a creditor should reclassify a collateralized consumer mortgage loan to other real estate owned (“OREO”). In addition, the amendments require a creditor reclassify a collateralized consumer mortgage loan to OREO upon obtaining legal title to the real estate collateral, or the borrower voluntarily conveying all interest in the real estate property to the lender to satisfy the loan through a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement. The amendments were effective for the Company for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014 with early implementation of the guidance permitted. In implementing this guidance, assets that are reclassified from real estate to loans are measured at the carrying value of the real estate at the date of adoption. Assets reclassified from loans to real estate are measured at the lower of the net amount of the loan receivable or the fair value of the real estate less costs to sell at the date of adoption. These amendments did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance to change the recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to reflect the transfer of goods and services to customers in an amount equal to the consideration the entity receives or expects to receive. The guidance will be effective for the Company for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In June 2014, the FASB issued guidance which makes limited amendments to the guidance on accounting for certain repurchase agreements. The new guidance (1) requires entities to account for repurchase-to-maturity transactions as secured borrowings (rather than as sales with forward repurchase agreements), (2) eliminates accounting guidance on linked repurchase financing transactions, and (3) expands disclosure requirements related to certain transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as sales and certain transfers (specifically, repos, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions) accounted for as secured borrowings. The amendments were effective for the Company during the first quarter of 2015 and did not have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In January 2015, the FASB issued guidance to eliminate from U.S. GAAP the concept of an extraordinary item, which is an event or transaction that is both unusual in nature and infrequently occurring. Under the new guidance, an entity will no longer (1) segregate an extraordinary item from the results of ordinary operations; (2) separately present an extraordinary item on its income statement, net of tax, after income from continuing operations; or (3) disclose income taxes and earnings-per-share data applicable to an extraordinary item. The amendments will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The Company will apply the guidance prospectively. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued guidance which amends the consolidation requirements and significantly changes the consolidation analysis required under U.S. GAAP. Although the amendments are expected to result in the deconsolidation of many entities, the Company will need to reevaluate all its previous consolidation conclusions. The amendments will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted (including during an interim period), provided that the guidance is applied as of the beginning of the annual period containing the adoption date. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance that will require debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. This update affects disclosures related to debt issuance costs but does not affect existing recognition and measurement guidance for these items. The amendments will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (continued) In June 2015, the FASB issued amendments to clarify the ASC, correct unintended application of guidance, and make minor improvements to the ASC that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. The amendments were effective upon issuance (June 12, 2015) for amendments that do not have transition guidance. Amendments that are subject to transition guidance will be effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In August 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. As a result of the deferral, the guidance in ASU 2014-09 will be effective for the Company for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In August 2015, the FASB issued amendments to the Interest topic of the ASC to clarify the SEC staff’s position on presenting and measuring debt issuance costs incurred in connection with line-of-credit arrangements. The amendments were effective upon issuance. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB amended the Financial Instruments topic of the Accounting Standards Codification to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. The amendments will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will apply the guidance by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. The amendments related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values will be applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption of the amendments. The Company does not expect these amendments to have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance to change accounting for leases which will generally require most leases to be recognized on the balance sheet.  The new lease standard only contains targeted changes to accounting by lessors, however, lessees will be required to recognize most leases in their balance sheets as lease liabilities for lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the lessee’s rights to use the underlying assets for the lease terms for lease arrangements longer than 12 months.  Under this approach, a lessee will account for most existing capital/finance leases as Type A leases and most existing operating leases as Type B leases.  Type A and Type B leases have unique accounting and disclosure requirements. Existing sale-leaseback guidance, including guidance for real estate, will be replaced with a new model applicable to both lessees and lessors.  The new guidance will be effective for fiscal years (and interim periods within those fiscal years) beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for all companies and organizations.  Management is currently analyzing the impact of the adoption of this guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, including assessing changes that might be necessary to information technology systems, processes and internal controls to capture new data and address changes in financial reporting.

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Risks and Uncertainties - In the normal course of its business, the Company encounters two significant types of risks: economic and regulatory. There are three main components of economic risk: interest rate risk, credit risk and market risk. The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that its interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice at different speeds, or on different basis, than its interest-earning assets. Credit risk is the risk of default on the Company’s loan portfolio that results from a borrower’s inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects changes in the value of collateral underlying loans receivable and the valuation of real estate held by the Company.

 

The Company is subject to the regulations of various governmental agencies. These regulations can and do change significantly from period to period. The Company also undergoes periodic examinations by the regulatory agencies, which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts of required loss allowances and operating restrictions from the regulators’ judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examination.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Risks and Uncertainties (continued) Additionally, the Company is subject to certain regulations due to our participation in the CPP. Pursuant to the terms of the CPP Purchase Agreement between us and the U.S. Treasury, we adopted certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the CPP Purchase Agreement, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the CPP Warrant. These standards generally apply to our named executive officers. The standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (2) requiring clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (3) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; (4) prohibition on providing tax gross-up provisions; and (5) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500 thousand for each senior executive. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation will likely increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods and may make it more difficult to attract suitable candidates to serve as executive officers.

 

In February 2005, the Bank purchased a $500 thousand 15-year renewable and convertible term life insurance policy through Banner Life Insurance Company on the life of James R. Clarkson, President and CEO. The Bank is both the owner and the beneficiary of this key person policy. The purpose of securing this policy was to provide the Bank with financial protection in the event of the unexpected death of Mr. Clarkson and better enable the Bank to attract a qualified replacement for Mr. Clarkson in such a situation. The Bank anticipates transferring this policy to Mr. Clarkson following his retirement, and he will assume payment obligations relating thereto.

 

Legislation that has been adopted after we closed on our sale of Series T Preferred Stock and the CPP Warrant to the U.S. Treasury for $12.9 million pursuant to the CPP on March 6, 2009, or any legislation or regulations that may be implemented in the future, may have a material impact on the terms of our CPP transaction with the U.S. Treasury.

 

Reclassifications - Certain captions and amounts in the 2014 and 2013 financial statements were reclassified to conform to the 2015 presentation. There was no effect on the net income/loss or retained deficit as previously reported.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 – REGULATORY MATTERS, GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

 

Consent Order with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and South Carolina Board of Financial Institutions

 

On February 10, 2011, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the State Board. 

 

The Consent Order conveys specific actions needed to address the Bank’s current financial condition, primarily related to capital planning, liquidity/funds management, policy and planning issues, management oversight, loan concentrations and classifications, and non-performing loans. A summary of the requirements of the Consent Order and the Bank’s status on complying with the Consent Order is as follows:

 

Requirements of the Consent Order	Bank’s Compliance Status
Achieve and maintain, by July 10, 2011, Total Risk Based capital at least equal to 10% of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets.	The Bank did not meet the capital ratios as specified in the Consent Order and, as a result, submitted a revised capital restoration plan to the FDIC on July 15, 2011. The revised capital restoration plan was determined by the FDIC to be insufficient and, as a result, we submitted a further revised capital restoration plan to the FDIC on September 30, 2011. We received the FDIC’s non-objection to the further revised capital restoration plan on December 6, 2011.   The Bank’s previously disclosed sale of its Socastee, Windy Hill, and Carolina Forest branches on August 7, 2015 resulted in a net gain of approximately $736 thousand on the transaction and a slight increase in the Bank’s capital ratios. Assuming completion of the private placement transaction, the Company will contribute approximately $38 million in additional capital to the Bank, which will satisfy the minimum capital ratios required under the Consent Order.
Submit, by April 11, 2011, a written capital plan to the supervisory authorities.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.

 

Establish, by March 12, 2011, a plan to monitor compliance with the Consent Order, which shall be monitored by the Bank’s Directors’ Committee.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order. The Directors’ Committee meets monthly and each meeting includes reviews and discussions of all areas required in the Consent Order.
Develop, by May 11, 2011, a written analysis and assessment of the Bank’s management and staffing needs.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order. In 2011, the Bank engaged an independent third party to perform an assessment of the Bank’s staffing needs to ensure the Bank has an appropriate organizational structure with qualified management in place. The Board of Directors has reviewed all recommendations regarding the Bank’s organizational structure.
Notify the supervisory authorities in writing of the resignation or termination of any of the Bank’s directors or senior executive officers.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
Eliminate, by March 12, 2011, by charge-off or collection, all assets or portions of assets classified “Loss” and 50% of those assets classified “Doubtful.”	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 – REGULATORY MATTERS, GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS – continued

 

Review and update, by April 11, 2011, its policy to ensure the adequacy of the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses, which must provide for a review of the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses at least once each calendar quarter.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
Submit, by April 11, 2011, a written plan to the supervisory authorities to reduce classified assets, which shall include, among other things, a reduction of the Bank’s risk exposure in relationships with assets in excess of $750,000 which are criticized as “Substandard” or “Doubtful”. In accordance with the approved plan, reduce assets classified in the June 30, 2010 Report of Examination by 65% by August 11, 2012 and by 75% by February 9, 2013.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order. The written plan was submitted and approved and assets classified in the June 30, 2010 Report of Examination have been reduced by 79.9% as of December 31, 2015.
Revise, by April 11, 2011, its policies and procedures for managing the Bank’s Adversely Classified Other Real Estate Owned.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
Not extend any additional credit to any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank that has been charged-off or classified, in whole or in part, “Loss” or “Doubtful” and is uncollected. In addition, the Bank may not extend any additional credit to any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit from the Bank that has been criticized, in whole or in part, “Substandard” and is uncollected, unless the Bank’s board of directors determines that failure to extend further credit to a particular borrower would be detrimental to the best interests of the Bank.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.  In the second quarter of 2010, the Bank engaged the services of an independent firm to perform an extensive review of the Bank’s credit portfolio and help management implement a more comprehensive lending and collection policy and more enhanced loan review.  An independent review of the Bank’s credit portfolio was most recently completed in the second quarter of 2014.
Perform, by April 11, 2011, a risk segmentation analysis with respect to the Bank’s Concentrations of Credit and develop a written plan to systematically reduce any segment of the portfolio that is an undue concentration of credit.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.

 

Review, by April 11, 2011 and annually thereafter, the Bank’s loan policies and procedures for adequacy and, based upon this review, make all appropriate revisions to the policies and procedures necessary to enhance the Bank’s lending functions and ensure their implementation.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order. As noted above, the Bank engaged the services of an independent firm to perform an extensive review of the Bank’s credit portfolio and help management implement a more comprehensive lending and collection policy and more enhanced loan review.
Adopt, by May 11, 2011, an effective internal loan review and grading system to provide for the periodic review of the Bank’s loan portfolio in order to identify and categorize the Bank’s loans, and other extensions of credit which are carried on the Bank’s books as loans, on the basis of credit quality.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order. As noted above, the Bank engaged the services of an independent firm to perform an extensive review of the Bank’s credit portfolio and help management implement a more comprehensive lending and collection policy and more enhanced loan review.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 – REGULATORY MATTERS, GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS – continued

 

Review and update, by May 11, 2011, its written profit plan to ensure the Bank has a realistic, comprehensive budget for all categories of income and expense, which must address, at minimum, goals and strategies for improving and sustaining the earnings of the Bank, the major areas in and means by which the Bank will seek to improve the Bank’s operating performance, realistic and comprehensive budgets, a budget review process to monitor income and expenses of the Bank to compare actual results with budgetary projections, assess that operating assumptions that form the basis for budget projections and adequately support major projected income and expense components of the plan, and coordination of the Bank’s loan, investment, and operating policies and budget and profit planning with the funds management policy.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.  The Bank engaged an independent third party to assist management with a strategic plan to help restructure its balance sheet, increase capital ratios, return to profitability and maintain adequate liquidity.
Review and update, by May 11, 2011, its written plan addressing liquidity, contingent funding, and asset liability management.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order. In 2011, the Bank engaged an independent third party to assist management in its development of a strategic plan that achieves all requirements of the Consent Order. The strategic plan reflects the Bank’s plans to restructure its balance sheet, increase capital ratios, return to profitability, and maintain adequate liquidity. The Board of Directors has reviewed and adopted the Bank’s strategic plan.
Eliminate, by March 12, 2011, all violations of law and regulation or contraventions of policy set forth in the FDIC’s safety and soundness examination of the Bank in November 2009.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
Not accept, renew, or rollover any brokered deposits unless it is in compliance with the requirements of 12 C.F.R. § 337.6(b).	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Constant Order.  Since entering into the Consent Order, the Bank has not accepted, renewed, or rolled-over any brokered deposits.
Limit asset growth to 5% per annum.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.

 

Not declare or pay any dividends or bonuses or make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures without the prior approval of the supervisory authorities.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
The Bank shall comply with the restrictions on the effective yields on deposits as described in 12 C.F.R. § 337.6.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
Furnish, by March 12, 2011 and within 30 days of the end of each quarter thereafter, written progress reports to the supervisory authorities detailing the form and manner of any actions taken to secure compliance with the Consent Order.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order, and we have submitted the required progress reports to the supervisory authorities.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 – REGULATORY MATTERS, GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS – continued

 

Submit, by March 12, 2011, a written plan to the supervisory authorities for eliminating its reliance on brokered deposits.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
Adopt, by April 11, 2011, an employee compensation plan after undertaking an independent review of compensation paid to all of the Bank’s senior executive officers.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order.
Prepare and submit, by May 11, 2011, its written strategic plan to the supervisory authorities.	We believe we have complied with this provision of the Consent Order. In 2011, the Bank engaged an independent third party to assist management in its development of a strategic plan that achieves all requirements of the Consent Order. The Board of Directors has reviewed and adopted the Bank’s strategic plan.

 

Since 2011, the Company has attempted to raise capital in order to satisfy the Consent Order and has also sought other alternative options to improve the Bank’s financial condition, which has included significantly reducing expenses, shrinking the size of the Bank, selling assets, and exploring potential merger partners. We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with the Consent Order except for the requirement to increase the Bank’s capital ratios to the levels noted above and that, upon the closing of the private placement transaction and the downstreaming of the approximately $38 million in additional capital to the Bank, we will be in substantial compliance with all of the terms of the Consent Order. Nevertheless, the determination of the Bank’s compliance will be made by the FDIC and the State Board, and we do not expect to be released from the Consent Order until completion of a full examination cycle following the closing of the private placement transaction, which may take 12 to 18 months. There can be no assurances that this will happen or that the Consent Order will be lifted in a timely manner if we do satisfy its requirements upon the closing of this private placement transaction. Until the Consent Order is lifted, we will be subject to limits on our growth and on hiring additional personnel, among other restrictions. In addition, the supervisory authorities may amend the Consent Order based on the results of their ongoing examinations. Should we fail to comply with the capital requirements in the Consent Order, or suffer a continued deterioration in our financial condition, the Bank may be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC, with the FDIC appointed as conservator or receiver.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 – REGULATORY MATTERS, GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS – continued

 

Written Agreement

 

On May 9, 2011, the Company entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond.  The Written Agreement is designed to enhance the Company’s ability to act as a source of strength to the Bank.

 

The Written Agreement contains provisions similar to those in the Bank’s Consent Order. Specifically, pursuant to the Written Agreement, the Company agreed, among other things, to seek the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond before undertaking any of the following activities:

 

●

declaring or paying any dividends,

●

directly or indirectly taking dividends or any other form of payment representing a reduction in capital from the Bank,

●

making any distributions of interest, principal or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities,

●

directly or indirectly, incurring, increasing or guarantying any debt, and

●

directly or indirectly, purchasing or redeeming any shares of its stock.

 

The Company also agreed to comply with certain notice provisions set forth in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) in appointing any new director or senior executive officer, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive officer so that the officer would assume a different senior executive officer position.  The Company is also required to comply with certain restrictions on indemnification and severance payments pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and FDIC regulations.

 

We believe we are currently in substantial compliance with the Written Agreement.

 

On August 18, 2014, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond informed the Company that it is required to repay two notes to the Bank as soon as the Company has the funds available to do so for repayment of loans deemed made from the Bank to the Company. The Bank is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to these loans. The first note was originated on May 23, 2013 in the amount of $435,461 and accrued interest at prime. The second note originated on December 31, 2013 in the amount of $1,209,699 and also accrued interest at prime. The Company anticipates making a payment of approximately $1.8 million to the Bank shortly following the closing of the recapitalization.

 

Going Concern Considerations

 

The going concern assumption is a fundamental principle in the preparation of financial statements. It is the responsibility of management to assess the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. In assessing this assumption, the Company has taken into account all available information about the future, which is at least, but is not limited to, twelve months from the balance sheet date of December 31, 2015. The Company had a history of profitable operations and sufficient sources of liquidity to meet its short-term and long-term funding needs. However, the Bank’s financial condition has suffered as a result of the economic downturn.

 

The effects of the current economic environment are being felt across many industries, with financial services and residential real estate being particularly hard hit. The Bank, with a loan portfolio consisting of a concentration in commercial real estate loans, has seen a decline in the value of the collateral securing its portfolio as well as rapid deterioration in its borrowers’ cash flow and ability to repay their outstanding loans to the Bank. As a result, the Bank’s level of nonperforming assets increased substantially during 2010 and 2011, resulting in significant loan-related charge-offs and significantly deteriorating the Company and Bank capital positions. However, since 2012, the Bank’s nonperforming assets have begun to stabilize. The Bank’s nonperforming assets at December 31, 2015 were $22.4 million compared to $31.3 million at December 31, 2014 and $35.6 million at December 31, 2013. As a percentage of total assets, nonperforming assets were 6.19%, 7.43% and 8.19% as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As a percentage of total loans, nonperforming loans were 4.18%, 5.02%, and 4.15% as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 – REGULATORY MATTERS, GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS – continued

 

The Company and the Bank operate in a highly regulated industry and must plan for the liquidity needs of each entity separately. A variety of sources of liquidity have historically been available to the Bank to meet its short-term and long-term funding needs. Although a number of these sources have been limited following execution of the Consent Order, management has prepared forecasts of these sources of funds and the Bank’s projected uses of funds during 2016 in an effort to ensure that the sources available are sufficient to meet the Bank’s projected liquidity needs for this period.

 

Prior to the recent economic downturn, the Company, if needed, would have relied on dividends from the Bank as its primary source of liquidity. Currently, however, the Company has no available sources of liquidity. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Various legal limitations restrict the Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company to meet its obligations, including paying dividends. In addition, the terms of the Consent Order described above further limits the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company to satisfy its funding needs. Unless the Company is able to raise capital, it will have no means of satisfying its funding needs.

 

Management believes the Bank’s liquidity sources are adequate to meet its needs for at least the next 12 months, but if the Bank is unable to meet its liquidity needs, then the Bank may be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC, with the FDIC appointed conservator or receiver.

 

The Company will also need to raise substantial additional capital to increase the Bank’s capital levels to meet the standards set forth by the FDIC. Receivership by the FDIC is based on the Bank’s capital ratios rather than those of the Company. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank is categorized as significantly undercapitalized. The Bank would need $17.5 million to meet the definition of well-capitalized.

 

There can be no assurances that the Company or the Bank will be able to raise additional capital. An equity financing transaction by the Company would result in substantial dilution to the Company’s current shareholders and could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock. Likewise, an equity financing transaction by the Bank would result in substantial dilution to the Company’s ownership interest in the Bank. It is difficult to predict if these efforts will be successful, either on a short-term or long-term basis. Should these efforts be unsuccessful, the Company would be unable to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. 

 

The Company has been deferring interest payments on its trust preferred securities since March 2011 and has deferred interest payments for 20 consecutive quarters. The Company is allowed to defer payments for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods, although interest will also accrue and compound quarterly from the date such deferred interest would have been payable were it not for the extension period. All of the deferred interest, including interest accrued on such deferred interest, is due and payable at the end of the applicable deferral period, which was March 15, 2016. A notice of default was received from the trustee on March 16, 2016, on which the total principal amount outstanding on the trust preferred securities plus accrued and unpaid interest was $7.1 million. If we are not able to raise a sufficient amount of additional capital, the Company will not be able to pay this interest when it becomes due and the Bank may be unable to remain in compliance with the Consent Order. In addition, the Company must first make interest payments under the subordinated notes, which are senior to the trust preferred securities. Even if the Company succeeds in raising capital, it will have to be released from the Written Agreement or obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond to pay interest on the trust preferred securities. On February 29, 2015, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the holder of the trust preferred securities, Alesco Preferred Funding VI LTD (“Alesco”), pursuant to which the Company intends to repurchase the trust preferred securities for $600,000, plus up to $25,000 in reimbursement of Alesco’s attorneys’ fees and other expenses. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

As a result of management’s assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the Company have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future, and does not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability or classification of assets. There is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 – REGULATORY MATTERS, GOING CONCERN CONSIDERATIONS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS – continued

 

Recent Developments

 

On August 7, 2015, the Bank consummated the previously disclosed sale of its Socastee, Windy Hill, and Carolina Forest branches, which included deposits of $34.2 million and $5.7 million in loans, to Sandhills Bank, North Myrtle Beach, South Carolina. The transaction included a deposit premium of 2.5% resulting in a net gain of $736 thousand to the Bank, after $167 thousand in expenses related to data processing and sales analysis. The sale consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

Assets
Cash		$	23,933
Loans receivable			5,728
Premises and equipment			3,877
Reduction to assets			33,538
Liabilities
Transaction and savings deposits			20,866
Time deposits			13,370
Accrued interest payable			8
Other accrued liabilities			30
Reduction to liabilities			34,274
Net gain on sale of branches		$	736

 

The gain is included in net gains (losses) on sales of assets in the consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 3 - CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

 

The Bank is required by regulation to maintain an average cash reserve balance based on a percentage of deposits. At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the requirements were satisfied by amounts on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank and cash on hand.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 4 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

Securities available-for-sale consisted of the following: 

 

		Amortized			Gross Unrealized						Estimated
		Cost			Gains			Losses			Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2015
Government-sponsored enterprises		$	36,720		$	—		$	(688	)	$	36,032
Mortgage-backed securities			53,368			54			(977	)		52,445
Obligations of state and local governments			1,221			5			(2	)		1,224
Total		$	91,309		$	59		$	(1,667	)	$	89,701
December 31, 2014
Government-sponsored enterprises		$	40,952		$	7		$	(877	)	$	40,082
Mortgage-backed securities			65,328			447			(427	)		65,348
Obligations of state and local governments			1,239			10			(5	)		1,244
Total		$	107,519		$	464		$	(1,309	)	$	106,674
December 31, 2013
Government-sponsored enterprises		$	60,628		$	—		$	(5,553	)	$	55,075
Mortgage-backed securities			37,731			167			(864	)		37,034
Obligations of state and local governments			2,516			113			(136	)		2,493
Total		$	100,875		$	280		$	(6,553	)	$	94,602

 

The following is a summary of maturities of securities available-for-sale as of December 31, 2015. The amortized cost is based on the contractual maturity dates. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalty.

 

		Amortized Cost Due
		Due				After One				After Five
		Within				Through				Through				After Ten								Market
December 31, 2015		One Year				Five Years				Ten Years				Years				Total				Value
Government sponsored enterprises		$	—			$	396			$	7,024			$	29,300			$	36,720			$	36,032
Mortgage-backed securities			—				—				5,641				47,727				53,368				52,445
Obligations of state and local governments			—				—				619				602				1,221				1,224
Total		$	—			$	396			$	13,284			$	77,629			$	91,309			$	89,701

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 4 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES - continued

 

The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category, and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at:

 

December 31, 2015		Less than twelve months								Twelve months or more								Total
		Fair				Unrealized				Fair				Unrealized				Fair				Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)		Value				Losses				Value				Losses				Value				Losses
Government-sponsored enterprises		$	31,489			$	(558	)		$	4,543			$	(130	)		$	36,032			$	(688	)
Mortgage-backed securities			28,024				(354	)			17,008				(623	)			45,032				(977	)
Obligations of state and local governments			617				(2	)			—				—				617				(2	)
Total		$	60,130			$	(914	)		$	21,551			$	(753	)		$	81,681			$	(1,667	)
December 31, 2014		Less than twelve months								Twelve months or more								Total
		Fair				Unrealized				Fair				Unrealized				Fair				Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)		Value				Losses				Value				Losses				Value				Losses
Government-sponsored enterprises		$	—			$	—			$	38,076			$	(877	)		$	38,076			$	(877	)
Mortgage-backed securities			22,024				(244	)			7,458				(183	)			29,482				(427	)
Obligations of state and local governments			—				—				623				(5	)			623				(5	)
Total		$	22,024			$	(244	)		$	46,157			$	(1,065	)		$	68,181			$	(1,309	)
December 31, 2013		Less than twelve months								Twelve months or more								Total
		Fair				Unrealized				Fair				Unrealized				Fair				Unrealized
(Dollars in thousands)		Value				Losses				Value				Losses				Value				Losses
Government-sponsored enterprises		$	47,311			$	(4,433	)		$	7,764			$	(1,120	)		$	55,075			$	(5,553	)
Mortgage-backed securities			17,826				(471	)			7,373				(393	)			25,199				(864	)
Obligations of state and local governments			552				(67	)			568				(69	)			1,120				(136	)
Total		$	65,689			$	(4,971	)		$	15,705			$	(1,582	)		$	81,394			$	(6,553	)

 

Management evaluates its investment portfolio periodically to identify any impairment that is other than temporary. At December 31, 2015, the Company had three government-sponsored enterprise securities and sixteen mortgage-backed securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for more than twelve months. Management believes these losses are temporary and are a result of the current interest rate environment. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost.

 

At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, investment securities with a book value of $36.7 million, $42.8 million, and $40.1 million, respectively, and a market value of $36.1 million, $42.2 million and $36.8 million, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits and for other banking purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities were $23.3 million, $32.8 million and $25.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 respectively. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of available for sale securities for the years ended were as follows:

 

					Years ended
(Dollars in thousands)					December 31,
		2015			2014			2013
Gross realized gains		$	232		$	269			298
Gross realized losses			—			(68	)		—
Net gain		$	232		$	201		$	298

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 – LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

Loans consisted of the following:

 

		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Residential		$	75,081		$	84,568		$	84,335
Commercial Real Estate			101,291			113,852			130,450
Commercial			27,881			30,894			33,711
Consumer			5,114			6,229			7,928
Total gross loans		$	209,367		$	235,543		$	256,424

 

Certain parties (principally certain directors and officers of the Company, their immediate families, and business interests) were loan customers and had other transactions in the normal course of business with the Company. Related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lender and do not involve more than normal risk of collectibility. Related party loans consisted of the following:

 

		For the Year ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Beginning balance		$	3,857		$	3,088		$	2,867
New loans and advances			397			1,785			1,195
Repayments			(1,032	)		(1,016	)		(974	)
Ending balance		$	3,222		$	3,857		$	3,088

 

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

An allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level deemed appropriate by management to adequately provide for known and inherent losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

In evaluating the adequacy of the Company’s loan loss reserves, management identifies loans believed to be impaired. Impaired loans are those not likely to be repaid as to principal and interest in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, or liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Reserves are maintained for each loan in which the principal balance of the loan exceeds the net present value of cash flows. In addition to the specific allowance for individually reviewed loans, a general allowance for potential loan losses is established based on management’s review of the composition of the loan portfolio with the purpose of identifying any concentrations of risk, and an analysis of historical loan charge-offs and recoveries. The final component of the allowance for loan losses incorporates management’s evaluation of current economic conditions and other risk factors which may impact the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. These evaluations are highly subjective and require that a great degree of judgmental assumptions be made by management. This component of the allowance for loan losses includes additional estimated reserves for internal factors such as changes in lending staff, loan policy and underwriting guidelines, and loan seasoning and quality, and external factors such as national and local economic trends and conditions. 

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

The following tables detail the activity within our allowance for loan losses as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, by portfolio segment:

 

December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
					Commercial
		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance		$	597		$	3,591		$	185		$	1,414		$	5,787
Charge-offs			(539	)		(1,212	)		(81	)		(501	)		(2,333	)
Recoveries			200			727			37			183			1,147
Provision			694			(563	)		(61	)		(70	)		—
Ending balance		$	952		$	2,543		$	80		$	1,026		$	4,601
Ending balances:
Individually evaluated for impairment		$	137		$	396		$	10		$	560		$	1,103
Collectively evaluated for impairment		$	815		$	2,147		$	70		$	466		$	3,498
Loans receivable:
Ending balance, total		$	27,881		$	101,291		$	5,114		$	75,081		$	209,367
Ending balances:
Individually evaluated for impairment		$	2,727		$	21,582		$	134		$	9,418		$	33,861
Collectively evaluated for impairment		$	25,154		$	79,709		$	4,980		$	65,663		$	175,506

 

December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
					Commercial
		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance		$	1,020		$	5,312		$	144		$	2,967		$	9,443
Charge-offs			(1,068	)		(4,646	)		(343	)		(974	)		(7,031	)
Recoveries			549			1,117			38			610			2,314
Provision			96			1,808			346			(1,189	)		1,061
Ending balance		$	597		$	3,591		$	185		$	1,414		$	5,787
Ending balances:
Individually evaluated for impairment		$	151		$	1,008		$	11		$	737		$	1,907
Collectively evaluated for impairment		$	446		$	2,583		$	174		$	677		$	3,880
Loans receivable:
Ending balance, total		$	30,894		$	113,852		$	6,229		$	84,568		$	235,543
Ending balances:
Individually evaluated for impairment		$	3,644		$	25,146		$	175		$	12,418		$	41,383
Collectively evaluated for impairment		$	27,250		$	88,706		$	6,054		$	72,150		$	194,160

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
					Commercial
		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance		$	1,982		$	7,587		$	124		$	4,457		$	14,150
Charge-offs			(1,691	)		(3,927	)		(217	)		(1,641	)		(7,476	)
Recoveries			724			2,230			48			1,264			4,266
Provision			5			(578	)		189			(1,113	)		(1,497	)
Ending balance		$	1,020		$	5,312		$	144		$	2,967		$	9,443
Ending balances:
Individually evaluated for impairment		$	218		$	2,455		$	18		$	1,105		$	3,796
Collectively evaluated for impairment		$	802		$	2,857		$	126		$	1,862		$	5,647
Loans receivable:
Ending balance, total		$	33,711		$	130,450		$	7,928		$	84,335		$	256,424
Ending balances:
Individually evaluated for impairment		$	3,946		$	29,540		$	223		$	11,970		$	45,679
Collectively evaluated for impairment		$	29,765		$	100,910		$	7,705		$	72,365		$	210,745

 

Loan Performance and Asset Quality

 

Generally, a loan will be placed on nonaccrual status when it becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest, or when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of the loan is doubtful. When a loan is placed in nonaccrual status, interest accruals are discontinued and income earned but not collected is reversed. Cash receipts on nonaccrual loans are not recorded as interest income, but are used to reduce principal.

 

The following chart summarizes delinquencies and nonaccruals, by portfolio class, as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
		30-59 Days			60-89 Days			90+ Days			Total						Total Loans			Non-
		Past Due			Past Due			Past Due			Past Due			Current			Receivable			accrual
Commercial		$	321		$	110		$	1		$	432		$	27,449		$	27,881		$	139
Commercial real estate:
Construction			25			—			3,186			3,211			27,321			30,532			3,384
Other			973			—			3,046			4,019			66,740			70,759			3,895
Real Estate:
Residential			2,887			142			948			3,977			71,104			75,081			1,314
Consumer:
Other			108			18			10			136			4,395			4,531			10
Revolving credit			4			—			—			4			579			583			—
Total		$	4,318		$	270		$	7,191		$	11,779		$	197,588		$	209,367		$	8,742

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
		30-59 Days			60-89 Days			90+ Days			Total						Total Loans			Non-
		Past Due			Past Due			Past Due			Past Due			Current			Receivable			accrual
Commercial		$	282		$	27		$	—		$	309		$	30,585		$	30,894		$	633
Commercial real estate:
Construction			199			—			364			563			30,907			31,470			4,464
Other			493			283			2,023			2,799			79,583			82,382			2,643
Real Estate:
Residential			2,576			372			2,810			5,758			78,810			84,568			3,917
Consumer:
Other			101			2			—			103			5,449			5,552			—
Revolving credit			4			4			1			9			668			677			4
Total		$	3,655		$	688		$	5,198		$	9,541		$	226,002		$	235,543		$	11,661

 

December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
		30-59 Days			60-89 Days			90+ Days			Total						Total Loans			Non-
		Past Due			Past Due			Past Due			Past Due			Current			Receivable			accrual
Commercial		$	771		$	146		$	407		$	1,324		$	32,387		$	33,711		$	430
Commercial real estate:
Construction			215			33			2,243			2,491			36,408			38,899			4,208
Other			1,156			—			3,414			4,570			86,981			91,551			4,017
Real Estate:
Residential			2,188			830			1,381			4,399			79,936			84,335			1,936
Consumer:
Other			191			219			35			445			6,710			7,155			40
Revolving credit			18			3			—			21			752			773			—
Total		$	4,539		$	1,231		$	7,480		$	13,250		$	243,174		$	256,424		$	10,631

 

At December 31, 2014, one residential real estate loan in the amount of $170 thousand was past due more than 90 days and still accruing interest. There were no loans outstanding 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2015 or 2013.

 

The following tables summarize management’s internal credit risk grades, by portfolio class, as of December 31:

 

December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
					Commercial
		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Grade 1 - Minimal		$	975		$	—		$	434		$	—		$	1,409
Grade 2 – Modest			561			1,024			37			277			1,899
Grade 3 – Average			4,934			5,620			218			4,716			15,488
Grade 4 – Satisfactory			14,693			58,549			4,031			53,187			130,460
Grade 5 – Watch			2,445			9,654			152			2,988			15,239
Grade 6 – Special Mention			992			6,321			98			3,544			10,955
Grade 7 – Substandard			3,281			20,123			144			10,369			33,917
Grade 8 – Doubtful			—			—			—			—			—
Grade 9 – Loss			—			—			—			—			—
Total loans receivable		$	27,881		$	101,291		$	5,114		$	75,081		$	209,367

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
					Commercial
		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Grade 1 - Minimal		$	1,093		$	—		$	531		$	—		$	1,624
Grade 2 – Modest			1,164			679			93			1,216			3,152
Grade 3 – Average			3,868			5,618			156			4,688			14,330
Grade 4 – Satisfactory			16,367			59,536			4,928			56,758			137,589
Grade 5 – Watch			2,905			16,091			178			4,695			23,869
Grade 6 – Special Mention			1,191			4,249			132			3,747			9,319
Grade 7 – Substandard			4,306			27,679			211			13,464			45,660
Grade 8 – Doubtful			—			—			—			—			—
Grade 9 – Loss			—			—			—			—			—
Total loans receivable		$	30,894		$	113,852		$	6,229		$	84,568		$	235,543

 

December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
					Commercial
		Commercial			Real Estate			Consumer			Residential			Total
Grade 1 - Minimal		$	1,364		$	—		$	775		$	—		$	2,139
Grade 2 – Modest			314			1,066			98			1,835			3,313
Grade 3 – Average			4,782			6,412			914			3,437			15,545
Grade 4 – Satisfactory			17,092			67,453			5,045			53,868			143,458
Grade 5 – Watch			3,204			17,288			221			6,933			27,646
Grade 6 – Special Mention			1,788			10,028			133			5,127			17,076
Grade 7 – Substandard			5,167			28,203			742			13,135			47,247
Grade 8 – Doubtful			—			—			—			—			—
Grade 9 – Loss			—			—			—			—			—
Total loans receivable		$	33,711		$	130,450		$	7,928		$	84,335		$	256,424

 

Loans graded one through four are considered “pass” credits. As of December 31, 2015, $149.3 million, or 71.3% of the loan portfolio had a credit grade of “minimal,” “modest,” “average” or “satisfactory.” For loans to qualify for this grade, they must be performing relatively close to expectations, with no significant departures from the intended source and timing of repayment.

 

Loans with a credit grade of “watch” and “special mention” are not considered classified; however, they are categorized as a watch list credit and are considered potential problem loans. This classification is utilized by us when there is an initial concern about the financial health of a borrower and to monitor continued performance of upgraded previously classified credits.  These loans are designated as such in order to be monitored more closely than other credits in the portfolio.  Loans on the watch list are not considered problem loans until they are determined by management to be classified as substandard. As of December 31, 2015, loans with a credit grade of “watch” and “special mention” totaled $26.2 million. Watch list loans are considered potential problem loans and are monitored as they may develop into problem loans in the future. 

 

Loans graded “substandard”, “doubtful”, and “loss” are considered classified credits. At December 31, 2015, classified loans totaled $33.9 million, with $30.5 million being collateralized by real estate. This amount included $29.1 million in TDRs, of which $23.6 million were considered to be performing at December 31, 2015. Classified credits are evaluated for impairment on a quarterly basis.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

The Company identifies impaired loans through its normal internal loan review process. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by calculating either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (including accrued interest, net of deferred loan fees or costs), an impairment is recognized by establishing or adjusting an existing allocation of the allowance, or by recording a partial charge-off of the loan to its fair value. When an impaired loan is ultimately charged-off, the charge-off is taken against the specific reserve, if any.

 

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Impaired consumer and residential loans are identified for impairment disclosures, however, it is policy to individually evaluate for impairment all loans with a credit grade of “substandard”, “doubtful”, and “loss” that have an outstanding balance of $50 thousand or greater, and all loans with a credit grade of “special mention” that have outstanding principal balance of $100 thousand or greater.

 

Impaired loans are valued on a nonrecurring basis at the lower of cost or market value of the underlying collateral, less any selling costs, or based on the net present value of cash flows. For loans valued based on collateral, market values were obtained using independent appraisals, updated every 18 to 24 months, in accordance with our reappraisal policy, or other market data such as recent offers to the borrower. At December 31, 2015, the recorded investment in impaired loans was $33.9 million, compared to $41.4 million and $45.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

The following chart details our impaired loans, which includes (“TDRs”) totaling $29.1 million, $33.2 million and $31.5 million, by category as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

 

December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
					Unpaid						Average			Interest
		Recorded			Principal			Related			Recorded			Income
		Investment			Balance			Allowance			Investment			Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial		$	1,070		$	1,339		$	-		$	1,319		$	72
Commercial real estate			17,180			22,037			-			18,989			722
Residential			4,016			4,338			-			4,936			137
Consumer			68			68			-			84			7
Total:		$	22,334		$	27,782		$	-		$	25,328		$	938
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial			1,657			1,657			137			1,729			79
Commercial real estate			4,402			4,402			396			4,461			207
Residential			5,402			5,443			560			5,445			215
Consumer			66			66			10			66			3
Total:		$	11,527		$	11,568		$	1,103		$	11,701		$	504
Total:
Commercial			2,727			2,996			137			3,048			151
Commercial real estate			21,582			26,439			396			23,450			929
Residential			9,418			9,781			560			10,381			352
Consumer			134			134			10			150			10
Total:		$	33,861		$	39,350		$	1,103		$	37,029		$	1,442

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
					Unpaid						Average			Interest
		Recorded			Principal			Related			Recorded			Income
		Investment			Balance			Allowance			Investment			Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial		$	1,852		$	2,678		$	—		$	2,649		$	79
Commercial real estate			19,156			24,441			—			22,377			1,083
Residential			5,950			6,528			—			6,249			268
Consumer			32			32			—			34			3
Total:		$	26,990		$	33,679		$	—		$	31,309		$	1,433
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial			1,792			1,792			151			1,892			81
Commercial real estate			5,990			6,194			1,008			6,143			282
Residential			6,468			6,468			737			6,506			271
Consumer			143			143			11			150			8
Total:		$	14,393		$	14,597		$	1,907		$	14,691		$	642
Total:
Commercial			3,644			4,470			151			4,541			160
Commercial real estate			25,146			30,635			1,008			28,520			1,365
Residential			12,418			12,996			737			12,755			539
Consumer			175			175			11			184			11
Total:		$	41,383		$	48,276		$	1,907		$	46,000		$	2,075

 

December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
					Unpaid						Average			Interest
		Recorded			Principal			Related			Recorded			Income
		Investment			Balance			Allowance			Investment			Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial		$	1,464		$	1,657		$	—		$	1,621		$	50
Commercial real estate			14,120			17,052			—			14,275			606
Residential			3,729			4,366			—			3,901			206
Consumer			55			79			—			60			7
Total:		$	19,368		$	23,154		$	—		$	19,857		$	869
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial			2,482			2,482			218			2,556			106
Commercial real estate			15,420			15,747			2,455			15,674			469
Residential			8,241			8,454			1,105			8,381			384
Consumer			168			168			18			163			8
Total:		$	26,311		$	26,851		$	3,796		$	26,774		$	967
Total:
Commercial			3,946			4,139			218			4,177			156
Commercial real estate			29,540			32,799			2,455			29,949			1,075
Residential			11,970			12,820			1,105			12,282			590
Consumer			223			247			18			223			15
Total:		$	45,679		$	50,005		$	3,796		$	46,631		$	1,836

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

TDRs are loans which have been restructured from their original contractual terms and include concessions that would not otherwise have been granted outside of the financial difficulty of the borrower. We generally only restructure loans for borrowers in financial difficulty that have designed a viable business plan to fully pay off all obligations, including outstanding debt, interest and fees, either by generating additional income from the business or through liquidation of assets. Generally, these loans are restructured to provide the borrower additional time to execute upon their plans.

 

With respect to restructured loans, we grant concessions by (1) reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining original life of the debt, or (2) extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. We do not generally grant concessions through forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. Restructured loans where a concession has been granted through extension of the maturity date generally include extension of payments in an interest only period, extension of payments with capitalized interest and extension of payments through a forbearance agreement. These extended payment terms are also combined with a reduction of the stated interest rate in certain cases.

 

Success in restructuring loans has been mixed but it has proven to be a useful tool in certain situations to protect collateral values and allow certain borrowers additional time to execute upon defined business plans. In situations where a TDR is unsuccessful and the borrower is unable to follow through with terms of the restricted agreement, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status and continues to be written down to the underlying collateral value.

 

Our policy with respect to accrual of interest on loans restructured in a TDR follows relevant supervisory guidance. That is, if a borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous loan terms and shows capacity to perform under the restructured loan terms, continued accrual of interest at the restructured interest rate is likely. If a borrower was materially delinquent on payments prior to the restructuring but shows capacity to meet the restructured loan terms, the loan will likely continue as nonaccrual going forward. Lastly, if the borrower does not perform under the restructured terms, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

 

We will continue to closely monitor these loans and will cease accruing interest on them if management believes that the borrowers may not continue performing based on the restructured note terms. If, after previously being classified as a TDR, a loan is restructured a second time, then that loan is automatically placed on nonaccrual status. Our policy with respect to nonperforming loans requires the borrower to make a minimum of six consecutive payments in accordance with the loan terms before that loan can be placed back on accrual status. Further, the borrower must show capacity to continue performing into the future prior to restoration of accrual status. We believe that all of our modified loans meet the definition of a TDR.

 

The following is a summary of information pertaining to our TDRs:

 

		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Nonperforming TDRs		$	5,449		$	5,013		$	6,443
Performing TDRs:
Commercial			2,565			2,942			3,496
Commercial real estate			13,883			17,499			14,673
Residential			7,059			7,537			6,690
Consumer			106			175			151
Total performing TDRs			23,613			28,153			25,010
Total TDRs		$	29,062		$	33,166		$	31,453

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

The following table summarizes how loans that were considered TDRs were modified during the years indicated:

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
		TDRs identified during the current year									TDRs that subsequently defaulted(1)
		Number of contracts			Pre- modification outstanding recorded investment			Post modification outstanding recorded investment			Number of contracts			Pre- modification outstanding recorded investment			Post- modification outstanding recorded investment
Commercial real estate			6		$	475		$	475			—		$	—		$	—
Residential			8			755			714			2			412			372
Commercial			3			272			191			—			—			—
Consumer			3			13			13			—			—			—
Total			20		$	1,515		$	1,393			2		$	412		$	372

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014
(Dollars in thousands)
		TDRs identified during the current year									TDRs that subsequently defaulted(1)
		Number of contracts			Pre- modification outstanding recorded investment			Post modification outstanding recorded investment			Number of contracts			Pre- modification outstanding recorded investment			Post- modification outstanding recorded investment
Commercial real estate			25		$	6,016		$	5,837			1		$	36		$	36
Residential			19			3,171			2,992			3			518			518
Commercial			5			455			455			—			—			—
Consumer			2			31			31			—			—			—
Total			51		$	9,673		$	9,315			4		$	554		$	554

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
		TDRs identified during the current year									TDRs that subsequently defaulted(1)
		Number of contracts			Pre- modification outstanding recorded investment			Post modification outstanding recorded investment			Number of contracts			Pre- modification outstanding recorded investment			Post- modification outstanding recorded investment
Commercial real estate			4		$	1,309		$	1,309			—		$	—		$	—
Residential			6			1,401			1,401			—			—			—
Commercial			12			636			636			—			—			—
Consumer			5			84			84			—			—			—
Total			27		$	3,430		$	3,430			—		$	—		$	—

 

(1)

Loans past due 90 days or more are considered to be in default.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 - LOAN PORTFOLIO - continued

 

Portions of the allowance for loan losses may be allocated for specific loans or portfolio segments. However, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off. While management utilizes the best judgment and information available to it, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance for loan losses depends on a variety of factors beyond our control, including the performance of our loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates, and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications. If delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase our provision for loan losses, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that charge-offs of loans in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses as estimated at any point in time or that provisions for loan losses will not be significant to a particular accounting period.

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets.

 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The fair value of standby letters of credit is insignificant.

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counter-party.

 

Collateral held for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. The following table summarizes the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Commitments to extend credit		$	21,318		$	27,017		$	29,836
Standby letters of credit			257			247			361

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 6 - PREMISES, FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises, furniture and equipment consisted of the following:

 

		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Land		$	4,464		$	7,099		$	7,099
Buildings and land improvements			14,301			16,082			16,134
Furniture and equipment			7,557			7,874			7,608
Leasehold improvements			40			65			65
			26,362			31,120			30,906
Less accumulated depreciation			(10,445	)		(10,828	)		(10,104	)
Premises, furniture and equipment, net		$	15,917		$	20,292		$	20,802

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $742 thousand, $789 thousand, and $824 thousand, respectively. As discussed in Note 2, in August 2015, the Bank sold three branches which reduced land and buildings and land improvements by approximately $3.9 million.

 

NOTE 7 – OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

 

Transactions in other real estate owned for the years ended December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Balance, beginning of year		$	19,501		$	24,972		$	19,464
Additions			4,058			2,183			17,659
Sales			(9,709	)		(7,337	)		(11,383	)
Write-downs			(226	)		(317	)		(768	)
Balance, end of period		$	13,624		$	19,501		$	24,972

 

NOTE 8 - OTHER ASSETS

 

Other assets consisted of the following at December 31:

 

(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Prepaid expenses and insurance		$	406		$	736		$	471
Unamortized software			55			52			29
Receivable from sale of other real estate owned			—			—			3,348
Proceeds due from life insurance			—			1,208			—
Other			533			508			358
Total		$	994		$	2,504		$	4,206

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 9 - DEPOSITS

 

At December 31, 2015, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows (in thousands):

 

Maturing in:		Amount
Less than one year		$	85,676
One to three years			81,307
Three to ten years			6,988
Beyond ten years			—
		$	173,971

 

Time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit of $250 thousand were $3.7 million, $6.8 million, $10.1 million as of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.

 

Overdrawn transaction accounts in the amount of $24 thousand, $17 thousand and $41 thousand were classified as loans as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Brokered deposits were $14.1 million and $18.6 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Bank did not have any brokered deposits at December 31, 2015.

 

Related party deposits by directors including their affiliates and executive officers totaled approximately $552 thousand, $1.4 million and $589 thousand at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

NOTE 10 - ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank consisted of the following at December 31, 2015:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Advance

Advance

Advance

Maturing

Type

Amount

Rate

On

Convertible Advance

$

2,000

3.60%

9/4/18

Convertible Advance

5,000

3.45%

9/10/18

Convertible Advance

5,000

2.95%

9/18/18

Fixed Rate

5,000

3.86%

8/20/19

$

17,000

 

As of December 31, 2015 we had advances totaling $17.0 million with various interest rates and maturity dates. Interest on all advances is at a fixed rate and payable quarterly. Convertible advances are callable by the FHLB on their respective call dates. The Company has the option to either repay any advance that has been called or to refinance the advance as a convertible advance.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had pledged as collateral for FHLB advances approximately $4.6 million of one-to-four family first mortgage loans, $3.4 million of commercial real estate loans, $9.4 million in home equity lines of credit, and $16.1 million of agency and private issue mortgage-backed securities. The Company has an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock of $1.1 million. The Company has $8.5 million in excess borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank that is available if liquidity needs should arise. As a result of negative financial performance indicators, there is also a risk that the Bank’s ability to borrow from the FHLB could be curtailed or eliminated, although to date the Bank has not been denied advances from the FHLB or had to pledge additional collateral for its borrowings.

 

As of December 31, 2015, scheduled principal reductions include $12.0 million in 2018, and $5.0 million in 2019.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 11 – JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

On December 21, 2004, the Trust issued $6.0 million floating rate trust preferred securities with a maturity of December 31, 2034. In accordance with current accounting standards, the trust has not been consolidated in these financial statements. The Company received from the Trust the $6.0 million proceeds from the issuance of the securities and the $186 thousand initial proceeds from the capital investment in the Trust and, accordingly, has shown the funds due to the trust as a $6.2 million junior subordinated debenture. The current regulatory rules allow certain amounts of junior subordinated debentures to be included in the calculation of regulatory capital.

 

The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has prohibited the Company from paying interest due on the trust preferred securities since February 2011 and as a result, the Company has deferred interest payments in the amount of approximately $901 thousand as of December 31, 2015. All of the deferred interest, including interest accrued on such deferred interest, was due and payable at the end of the applicable deferral period, which was March 15, 2016.

 

On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with Alesco Preferred Funding VI LTD (“Alesco”), pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all of its floating rate trust preferred securities issued through its subsidiary, HCSB Financial Trust I, for an aggregate cash payment of $600,000, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by Alesco not to exceed $25,000. Alesco also agreed to forgive any and all unpaid interest on the trust preferred securities. The securities purchase agreement is subject to closing conditions, including regulatory approval of the transaction. Alesco has the right, but not the obligation, to terminate the securities purchase agreement in the event that any closing condition is not satisfied within 45 days of the date of the securities purchase agreement. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction. However, if we are unable to close the repurchase in a timely manner, because the Company is in default under the terms of the Indenture related to the trust preferred securities, the trustee or Alesco, by providing written notice to the Company, may declare the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable. As of March 16, 2016, the total principal amount outstanding on the trust preferred securities plus accrued and unpaid interest was $7.1 million. The trust preferred securities are junior to the subordinated notes, so even if the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately is declared due and payable, the trust preferred securities cannot be repaid prior to repayment of the subordinated promissory notes. However, if the trustee or Alesco declares the entire principal and unpaid interest amounts of the trust preferred securities immediately due and payable, we could be forced into involuntary bankruptcy.

 

On March 16, 2016, the Company received a notice of default from The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee, relating to the trust preferred securities. The notice of default relates specifically to the Indenture dated December 21, 2004, by and among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., successor-in-interest to JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, under which the Company issued the trust preferred securities. As permitted by the Indenture, the Company previously exercised its right to defer interest payments on the trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarterly payment periods. The Company’s right to defer such interest payments expired on March 15, 2016, at which time all deferred payments of interest became due and payable. The Company did not pay such deferred interest at the end of the permitted deferral period, constituting an event of default under the Indenture, and therefore pursuant to the Indenture, the trustee provided this notice of default. Receipt of this notice of default from the trustee does not affect the Company’s plans to repurchase the trust preferred securities under the securities purchase agreement.

 

Under the Indenture, the principal amount of the trust preferred securities, together with any premium and unpaid accrued interest, only becomes due upon such an event of default after the trustee, or Alesco, as the holder of not less than 25% of the trust preferred securities outstanding, declares such amounts due and payable by written notice to the Company. To date, the Company has not received such written notice from the trustee or Alesco. As of March 16, 2016, the total principal amount outstanding on the trust preferred securities plus accrued and unpaid interest was $7.1 million.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 12 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

On July 31, 2010, the Company completed a private placement of subordinated promissory notes that totaled $12.1 million. The notes currently bear interest at a rate equal to the current Prime Rate in effect, as published by the Wall Street Journal, plus 3%; provided, that the rate of interest shall not be less than 8% per annum or more than 12% per annum. The subordinated notes have been structured to fully count as Tier 2 regulatory capital on a consolidated basis.

 

During 2013, $1.0 million of the subordinated notes were cancelled by the holder as part of a settlement of litigation between the holder, the Bank, and the Company. The Company is obligated to contribute capital in this amount to the Bank when it is able to do so. The forgiveness of this debt was recognized in 2013 as noninterest income in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has prohibited the Company from paying interest due on the subordinated notes since October 2011 and, as a result, the Company has deferred interest payments in the amount of approximately $4.9 million as of December 31, 2015.

 

Effective as of September 16, 2015, the Company, the Bank, and certain other defendants entered into a class action settlement agreement in potential settlement of the putative class action lawsuit initiated by three holders of the Company’s subordinated promissory notes, on behalf of themselves and as representatives of a class of similarly situated purchasers of the Company’s subordinated promissory notes, with respect to alleged wrongful conduct associated with purchases of the subordinated promissory notes, including fraud, violation of state securities statutes, and negligence. On March 2, 2016, the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Horry entered a final order of approval approving the class action settlement agreement.

 

The Company will establish a settlement fund of approximately $2.4 million, which represents 20% of the principal of subordinated debt notes issued by the Company, and class members will be entitled to receive 20% of their notes, in exchange for a full and complete release of all claims that were asserted or could have been asserted in the class action lawsuit. The Company will also separately pay the approved attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses of class counsel up to an aggregate of $250,000. The Company must receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections before any payments may be made from the settlement fund. Assuming these regulatory approvals or nonobjections are received, the Company anticipates that it will fund the settlement fund promptly following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

NOTE 13 - LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

On January 1, 2013, the Company renewed a lease agreement for land on which to operate its Tabor City branch. The lease has a five-year term that expires December 31, 2017. The Company has an option for eight additional five-year renewal periods thereafter. The lease has a rental amount of $1,047 per month. The lease gives the Company the first right of refusal to purchase the property at an unimproved value if the owners decide to sell. The Company also pays applicable property taxes on the property.

 

Future minimum lease payments are expected to be approximately $12,564 per year for the next two years.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 14 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may, from time to time, become a party to legal claims and disputes. At December 31, 2015, the Company is being investigated related to the sale of senior subordinated debentures in 2010 and has received subpoenas from the United States Attorney for the District of South Carolina, the South Carolina Attorney General and the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company has fully responded to all of the subpoenas and provided testimony.

 

The Company is also involved in litigation by certain subordinated debenture holders alleging misuse of the funds and wrongful conduct among other allegations in the issuance of the subordinated debentures.

 

In 2012, certain investors, seeking class action treatment, filed suit against the Company alleging sale of its common stock without disclosure of material financial information.

 

The Bank is also involved in another legal matter related to unauthorized charges on a customer account.

 

The Company and the Bank believe that all claims or legal proceedings are without merit and will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operation of the Company. Management was not aware of any other pending or threatened litigation or unassisted claims that could result in losses, if any, that would be material to the financial statements.

 

The Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond informed the Company that it is required to repay two notes to the Bank as soon as the Company has the funds available to do so for repayment of loans deemed made from the Bank to the Company. The Bank is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to these loans. The first note was originated on May 23, 2013 in the amount of $435,461 and accrued interest at prime. The second note originated on December 31, 2013 in the amount of $1,209,699 and also accrued interest at prime. The Company anticipates making a payment of approximately $1.8 million to the Bank shortly following the closing of the recapitalization.

 

The details of the above cases are included in “Legal Proceedings” under Part I, Item 3 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

NOTE 15 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Preferred Stock – In March 2009, in connection with the CPP, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury 12,895 shares of the Company’s Series T Preferred Stock. The Series T Preferred Stock has a dividend rate of 5% for the first five years and 9% thereafter, and has a call feature after three years.

 

In connection with the sale of the Series T Preferred Stock, the Company also issued to the U.S. Treasury the CPP Warrant to purchase up to 91,714 shares of the Company’s common stock at an initial exercise price of $21.09 per share.

 

As required under the CPP, dividend payments on and repurchases of the Company’s common stock are subject to certain restrictions. For as long as the Series T Preferred Stock is outstanding, no dividends may be declared or paid on the Company’s common stock until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock are fully paid. In addition, the U.S. Treasury’s consent is required for any increase in dividends on common stock before the third anniversary of issuance of the Series T Preferred Stock and for any repurchase of any common stock except for repurchases of common shares in connection with benefit plans.

 

The Series T Preferred Stock and the CPP Warrant were sold to the U.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $12.9 million in cash. The purchase price was allocated between the Series T Preferred Stock and the CPP Warrant based upon the relative fair values of each to arrive at the amounts recorded by the Company. This resulted in the Series T Preferred Stock being issued at a discount which is being amortized on a level yield basis as a charge to retained earnings over an assumed life of five years.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 15 - SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY - continued

 

As of February 2011, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, the Company’s primary federal regulator, has required the Company to defer dividend payments on the 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock. Therefore, for each quarterly period beginning in February 2011, the Company notified the U.S. Treasury of its deferral of quarterly dividend payments on the Series T Preferred Stock. The amount of each of the Company’s quarterly interest payments was approximately $161 thousand through March 2014 and then increased to $290 thousand. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $4.7 million of deferred dividend payments due on the Series T Preferred Stock. Because the Company has deferred these 20 payments, the Company is prohibited from paying any dividends on its common stock until all deferred payments have been made in full. In addition, whenever dividends payable on the shares of the Series T Preferred Stock have been deferred for an aggregate of six or more quarterly dividend periods, the holders of the preferred stock have the right to elect two directors to fill newly created directorships at the Company’s next annual meeting of the shareholders. As a result of the Company’s deferral of dividend payments on the Series T Preferred Stock, the U.S. Treasury, the current holder of all 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock, requested the Company’s non-objection to appoint a representative to observe monthly meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company granted the U.S. Treasury’s request and a representative of the U.S. Treasury has attended the Company’s monthly board meetings since June 2012. As of the date of this report, the U.S. Treasury has not notified the Company whether it intends to elect two directors to fill newly created directorships at the Company’s 2016 annual meeting of the shareholders. The Company has never paid a cash dividend, but as a result of the Company’s financial condition and these restrictions on the Company, including the restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company, the Company has not been permitted to pay a dividend on its common stock since 2009.

 

On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock for $128,950, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by the U.S. Treasury not to exceed $25,000. The U.S. Treasury also agreed to waive any and all unpaid dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock and to cancel the CPP Warrant. The securities purchase agreement contains customary representations and warranties of the Company and is subject to closing conditions, including the closing of the private placement transaction and regulatory approval of the transaction. The securities purchase agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of the Company and the U.S. Treasury and may also be terminated by either party in the event that the transaction does not close on or before April 15, 2016. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

Restrictions on Dividends - Under the terms of the Written Agreement, the Company is currently prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. In addition, because the Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and has little direct income itself, the Company relies on dividends paid to it by the Bank in order to pay dividends on its common stock. As a South Carolina state bank, the Bank may only pay dividends out of its net profits, after deducting expenses, including losses and bad debts. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, the Bank may not pay a dividend if, after paying the dividend, the Bank would be undercapitalized. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank was classified as “significantly undercapitalized;” therefore, it is prohibited under FDICIA from paying dividends until it increases its capital levels. In addition, even if it increases its capital levels, under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank is prohibited from declaring a dividend on its shares of common stock unless it receives approval from the FDIC and State Board. Further, as a result of the Company’s deferral of dividend payments on the 12,895 shares of Series T Preferred Stock and interest payments on the $6.0 million of trust preferred securities, the Company is prohibited from paying any dividends on its common stock until all deferred payments have been made in full.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 16 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

Regulatory Capital - The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 and total capital as a percentage of assets and off-balance sheet exposures, adjusted for risk weights ranging from 0% to 1250%. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, excluding the unrealized gain or loss on securities available-for-sale, minus certain intangible assets. Tier 2 capital consists of the allowance for loan losses subject to certain limitations. Total capital for purposes of computing the capital ratios consists of the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. The Company and the Bank are also required to maintain capital at a minimum level based on quarterly average assets, which is known as the leverage ratio.

 

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that has revised their risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with certain standards that were developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The final rule applies to all depository institutions, such as the Bank, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies, which we refer to below as “covered” banking organizations. Bank holding companies with less than $500 million in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, are not subject to the final rule. Effective March 31, 2015, the Bank was required to implement the new Basel III capital standards (subject to the phase in for certain parts of the new rules).

 

The approved rule includes a new minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (“CET1”) of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, which when fully phased-in, effectively results in a minimum CET1 ratio of 7.0%. Basel III also raises the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% (which, with the capital conservation buffer, effectively results in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% when fully phased-in), effectively results in a minimum total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 10.5% (with the capital conservation buffer fully phased-in), and requires a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. Basel III also makes changes to the risk weights for certain assets and off-balance sheet exposures. Finally, CET1 includes accumulated other comprehensive income (which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities), subject to a transition period and a one-time opt-out election. The Bank elected to opt-out of this provision. As such, accumulated comprehensive income is not included in the Bank’s Tier 1 capital.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 16 – CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS - continued

 

To be considered “well-capitalized,” the Bank must maintain total risk-based capital of at least 10%, Tier 1 capital of at least 8%, and a leverage ratio of at least 5%. To be considered “adequately capitalized” under these capital guidelines, the Bank must maintain a minimum total risk-based capital of 8%, with at least 4% being Tier 1 capital. In addition, the Bank must maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%. Further, pursuant to the terms of the Consent Order with the FDIC and the State Board, the Bank must achieve and maintain Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% and total risk-based capital at least equal to 10% by July 10, 2011.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company was categorized as “critically undercapitalized” and the Bank was categorized as “significantly undercapitalized.” Our losses over the past few years have adversely impacted our capital. As a result, over the last several years, we have been pursuing a plan to increase our capital ratios in order to strengthen our balance sheet and satisfy the commitments required under the Consent Order, which requires us to achieve and maintain Total Risk Based capital at least equal to 10% of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets, while also searching for additional capital or a potential merger partner.

 

On March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and certain other investors, pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction and to issue shares of the Company’s common stock and shares of newly-created Series A Preferred Stock. We intend to downstream approximately $38.0 million of the proceeds from the private placement transaction to the Bank as additional capital, which would satisfy the minimum capital levels required under the Consent Order and otherwise return the Bank to “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2015. Proceeds from the private placement transaction will also be used to repurchase or redeem the outstanding Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and the subordinated promissory notes. As noted above, we have entered into securities purchase agreements with respect to the Series T Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities and the class action settlement agreement with the respect to the subordinated promissory notes has received final court approval. Closing of the private placement transaction is subject to the receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for each of the repurchases or redemptions. We currently anticipate that the private placement transaction will close in April 2016. There are no assurances that we will receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections or otherwise be able to close the private placement transaction.

 

If we cannot close the private placement transaction, or otherwise find a merger partner or raise additional capital to meet the minimum capital requirements set forth under the Consent Order, or if we suffer a continued deterioration in our financial condition, we may be placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the FDIC. If this were to occur, then our shareholders, our subordinated debt holders, and our other securities holders will lose their investments in the Company. Our auditors have noted that the uncertainty of our ability to obtain sufficient capital raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 16 – CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS - continued

 

The following table summarizes the capital ratios and the regulatory minimum requirements for the Company and the Bank.

 

		Actual						Minimum Capital Requirement						Minimum To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(Dollars in thousands)		Amount			Ratio			Amount			Ratio			Amount			Ratio
December 31, 2015
The Company
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	(10,642	)		(4.15	)%	$	20,537			8.00	%		N/A			N/A
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	(10,642	)		(4.15	)%	$	10,269			4.00	%		N/A			N/A
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$	(10,642	)		(2.87	)%	$	14,831			4.00	%		N/A			N/A
The Bank
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	15,402			5.92	%	$	20,802			8.00	%	$	26,002			10.00	%
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	12,135			4.67	%	$	15,601			6.00	%		(1	)		(1	)
Tier I Capital  (to Average Assets)		$	12,135			3.28	%	$	14,819			4.00	%	$	29,639			8.00	%
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	12,135			4.67	%	$	11,701			4.50	%	$	N/A			N/A
December 31, 2014
The Company
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	(10,402	)		(3.61	)%	$	23,031			8.00	%		N/A			N/A
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	(10,402	)		(3.61	)%	$	11,516			4.00	%		N/A			N/A
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$	(10,402	)		(2.36	)%	$	17,614			4.00	%		N/A			N/A
The Bank
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	14,533			5.05	%	$	23,008			8.00	%	$	28,760			10.00	%
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	10,911			3.79	%	$	11,504			4.00	%		(1	)		(1	)
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$	10,911			2.53	%	$	17,255			4.00	%	$	34,510			8.00	%
December 31, 2013
The Company
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	(10,169	)		(3.19	)%	$	25,512			8.00	%		N/A			N/A
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	(10,169	)		(3.19	)%	$	12,756			4.00	%		N/A			N/A
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$	(10,169	)		(2.23	) %	$	18,242			4.00	%		N/A			N/A
The Bank
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	13,842			4.34	%	$	25,505			8.00	%	$	31,881			10.00	%
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)		$	9,789			3.07	%	$	12,753			4.00	%		(1	)		(1	)
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)		$	9,789			2.17	%	$	18,067			4.00	%	$	36,135			8.00	%

 

(1)

Minimum capital amounts and ratios presented are amounts to be well-capitalized under the various regulatory capital requirements administered by the FDIC. On February 10, 2011, the Bank became subject to a regulatory Consent Order with the FDIC. Minimum capital amounts and ratios presented for the Bank are the minimum levels set forth in the Consent Order. No minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was specified in the Consent Order. Regardless of the Bank’s capital ratios, it is unable to be classified as “well-capitalized” while it is operating under the Consent Order with the FDIC.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 17 - RETIREMENT AND BENEFITS

 

Trustee Retirement Savings Plan - The Bank has a trustee retirement savings plan which provides retirement benefits to substantially all officers and employees who meet certain age and service requirements. The plan includes a “salary reduction” feature pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the plan and present policies, participants are permitted to contribute up to 15% of their annual compensation. At its discretion, the Bank can make matching contributions up to 4% of the participants’ compensation. In an effort to reduce expenses, the Bank made no contributions to employee 401(k) plans in 2015, 2014 or 2013. The Bank has adopted a plan to make matching contributions up to 2% of participant compensation beginning in 2016.

 

Directors Deferred Compensation Plan - The Company has a deferred compensation plan whereby directors may elect to defer the payment of their fees. Under the terms of the plan, the Company accrues an expense equal to the amount deferred plus an interest component based on the prime rate of interest at the beginning of each year. The Company has also purchased life insurance contracts on each of the participating directors. All active directors have relinquished the right to their deferred directors’ fees. At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, $25 thousand, $37 thousand and $49 thousand, respectively, of deferred directors’ fees relating to retired directors were included in other liabilities.

 

NOTE 18 – INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)		Years ended December 31,
		2015			2014			2013
Basic income (loss) per common share:
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders		$	(1,758	)	$	(1,403	)	$	911
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic			3,823,244			3,770,355			3,738,337
Basic income (loss) per common share		$	(0.46	)	$	(0.37	)	$	0.24
Diluted income (loss) per common share:
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders		$	(1,758	)	$	(1,403	)	$	911
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic			3,823,244			3,770,355			3,738,337
Incremental shares			—			—			—
Average common shares outstanding - diluted			3,823,244			3,770,355			3,738,337
Diluted income (loss) per common share		$	(0.46	)	$	(0.37	)	$	0.24

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were 91,714 common stock equivalents outstanding associated with the CPP Warrant. These common stock equivalents were not included in the diluted income per share computation for 2013 because their exercise price exceeded the market value of the Company’s stock. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the common stock equivalents were not included in the diluted loss per share computation because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 19 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

 

In 2004, upon shareholder approval, the Company adopted an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Stock Plan”). The Stock Plan authorizes the grant of options and awards of restricted stock to certain of our employees for up to 400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time during the term of the Stock Plan, subject to adjustments upon change in capitalization. The Stock Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

There were no stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.

 

Restricted stock awards included in the Stock Plan vest after the first three consecutive periods during which the Bank’s return on average assets (“ROAA”) averages 1.15%. There were no awards outstanding as of December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.

 

Following the closing of the private placement transaction, the board of directors anticipates adopting an appropriate equity incentive plan in which the Company’s and the Bank’s employees will be eligible to participate. While the specific terms of this equity plan have yet to be finalized, we anticipate that the plan will allow for issuance of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units in an amount not to exceed 30,000,000 shares, or approximately 6.6% of the number of shares anticipated to be issued in the private placement transaction (on an as-converted basis). The board plans to submit the plan to shareholders for approval at the upcoming 2016 annual shareholders meeting.

 

NOTE 20 - OTHER EXPENSES

 

Other expenses are summarized as follows:

 

		Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Stationery, printing, and postage		$	290		$	275		$	318
Dues and subscriptions			69			59			72
Telephone			186			202			204
Director and officer insurance			196			212			486
ATM services			11			27			115
Appraisal fee expense			84			123			140
Accountant fees			267			277			84
Legal fees			853			697			1,875
Marketing			60			16			19
Consulting fees			314			112			186
Courier services			55			51			58
Other			702			864			755
Total		$	3,087		$	2,915		$	4,312

 

NOTE 21 - INCOME TAXES

 

Income tax expense is summarized as follows:

 

		Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Currently payable:
Federal		$	—		$	—		$	—
State			27			78			—
Total current			27			78			—
Deferred income taxes			—			—			—
Income tax expense		$	27		$	78		$	—

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 21 - INCOME TAXES - continued

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:

 

		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses		$	1,564		$	1,968		$	3,211
Net unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale			595			313			2,321
Net capitalized loan costs			24			23			25
Net operating loss			20,253			19,572			16,751
Deferred compensation			8			13			17
Nonaccruing interest			332			232			241
Tax credits			241			259			276
Other real estate owned			265			655			638
Loss on equity securities			1			1			43
Other			12			8			5
Total deferred tax assets			23,295			23,044			23,528
Valuation Allowance			(22,474	)		(21,971	)		(22,361	)
Total net deferred tax assets			821			1,073			1,167
Deferred tax liabilities:
Accumulated depreciation			(817	)		(965	)		(1,046	)
Gain on sale of real estate			—			—			(73	)
Prepaid expenses			(4	)		(108	)		(48	)
Total deferred tax liabilities			(821	)		(1,073	)		(1,167	)
Net deferred tax asset		$	—		$	—		$	—

 

Deferred tax assets represent the future tax benefit of deductible items. The Company, under the current Internal Revenue Code, is allowed up to a two-year carryback and a twenty year carryforward of these timing items. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that the tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance reduces the recorded deferred tax assets to the net realizable value. As of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, management had established a full valuation allowance of $22.5 million, $22.0 million and $22.4 million, respectively, to reflect the portion of the deferred income tax asset that was not able to be offset against net operating loss carrybacks and reversals of net future taxable temporary differences. When the Company generates future taxable income, it will be able to reevaluate the amount of the valuation allowance.

 

The Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of $58.7 million, $56.8 million and $48.6 million for income tax purposes as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These net operating losses will begin to expire in the year 2030. HCSB Financial Corporation has South Carolina net operating loss carryforwards of $9.4 million, $7.9 million and $6.5 million for income tax purposes as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These net operating losses cannot offset Bank income and will begin to expire in the year 2019.

 

The Company has analyzed the tax position taken or expected to be taken on its tax returns and concluded it has no liability related to uncertain tax positions. Tax returns for 2012 and subsequent years are subject to examination by taxing authorities.

 

A reconciliation between the income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the Federal statutory rates of 34% to income before income taxes follows:

 

		Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Tax benefit at statutory rate		$	(74	)	$	(73	)	$	599
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit			18			52			—
Tax-exempt interest income			—			(5	)		(16	)
Bank owned life insurance			(108	)		(113	)		—
Life insurance proceeds			—			(315	)		—
Valuation allowance			220			542			(473	)
Other			(29	)		(10	)		(110	)
Income tax expense		$	27		$	78		$	—

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 22 - UNUSED LINES OF CREDIT

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no available lines of credit, however the Company may utilize its unpledged securities, if liquidity needs should arise. At December 31, 2015, investment securities with a book value of $54.6 million and a market value of $53.6 million were not pledged.

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market and other information about the financial instruments. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and such other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Accounting principles establish a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1		Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt and equity securities and derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as U.S. Treasuries and money market funds.
Level 2		Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments, mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds, corporate debt securities, and derivative contracts whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. This category generally includes certain derivative contracts and impaired loans.
Level 3		Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. For example, this category generally includes certain private equity investments, retained residual interests in securitizations, residential mortgage servicing rights, and highly-structured or long-term derivative contracts.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of significant financial instruments:

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents - The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Securities Available-for-Sale - Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions.

 

Nonmarketable Equity Securities - The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value since no ready market exists for these securities.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE - continued

 

Loans Receivable - For certain categories of loans, such as variable rate loans which are repriced frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on the carrying amounts. The fair value of other types of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to the borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

 

Deposits - The fair value of demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair values of certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current interest rates to a schedule of aggregated expected maturities.

 

Repurchase Agreements – The carrying value of these instruments is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank - For the portion of borrowings immediately callable, fair value is based on the carrying amount. The fair value of the portion maturing at a later date is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the interest rate of the immediately callable portion to the portion maturing at the future date.

 

Subordinated Debentures – The Company is unable to determine the fair value of these debentures.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures – The Company is unable to determine the fair value of these debentures.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments - The contractual amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value for the instruments because commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are issued on a short-term or floating rate basis and include no unusual credit risks.

 

The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows:

 

December 31, 2015								Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)		Carrying Amount			Estimated Fair Value			Quoted market price in active markets (Level 1)			Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)			Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	22,137		$	22,137		$	22,137		$	—		$	—
Securities available-for-sale			89,701			89,701			—			89,701			—
Nonmarketable equity securities			1,330			1,330			—			—			1,330
Loans, net			204,766			204,975			—			—			204,975
Financial Liabilities:
Demand deposit, interest-bearing transaction, and savings accounts			156,860			156,860			156,860			—			—
Certificates of deposit			173,971			174,964			—			174,964			—
Repurchase agreements			1,716			1,716			—			1,716			—
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank			17,000			17,108			—			17,108			—
Subordinated debentures			11,062			*			—			—			—
Junior subordinated debentures			6,186			*			—			—			—
		Notional			Estimated
		Amount			Fair Value
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
Commitments to extend credit		$	21,318			n/a
Standby letters of credit			257			n/a

 

*

The Company is unable to determine this value.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE - continued

 

December 31, 2014
								Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)		Carrying Amount			Estimated Fair Value			Quoted market price in active markets (Level 1)			Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)			Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	28,527		$	28,527		$	28,527		$	—		$	—
Securities available-for-sale			106,674			106,674			—			106,674			—
Nonmarketable equity securities			1,342			1,342			—			—			1,342
Loans, net			229,756			230,038			—			—			230,038
Financial Liabilities:
Demand deposit, interest-bearing transaction, and savings accounts			170,538			170,538			170,538			—			—
Certificates of deposit			220,799			222,789			—			222,789			—
Repurchase agreements			1,612			1,612			—			1,612			—
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank			17,000			17,136			—			17,136			—
Subordinated debentures			11,062			*			—			—			—
Junior subordinated debentures			6,186			*			—			—			—
		Notional			Estimated
		Amount			Fair Value
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
Commitments to extend credit		$	27,017			n/a
Standby letters of credit			247			n/a

 

*

The Company is unable to determine this value.

 

December 31, 2013
								Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)		Carrying Amount			Estimated Fair Value			Quoted market price in active markets (Level 1)			Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)			Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	28,081		$	28,081		$	28,081		$	—		$	—
Securities available-for-sale			94,602			94,602			—			94,602			—
Nonmarketable equity securities			1,743			1,743			—			—			1,743
Loans, net			246,981			248,633			—			—			248,633
Financial Liabilities:
Demand deposit, interest-bearing transaction, and savings accounts			163,505			163,505			163,505			—			—
Certificates of deposit			242,539			244,463			—			244,463			—
Repurchase agreements			1,337			1,337			—			1,337			—
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank			22,000			25,055			—			25,055			—
Subordinated debentures			11,062			*			—			—			—
Junior subordinated debentures			6,186			*			—			—			—
		Notional			Estimated
		Amount			Fair Value
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:
Commitments to extend credit		$	29,836			n/a
Standby letters of credit			361			n/a

 

*

The Company is unable to determine this value.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE - continued

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.

 

Securities Available-for-Sale - Investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets.

 

Loans - The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis, however, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan loss is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including the collateral value, market value of similar debt and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring a specific allowance represents loans for which the fair value of expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investment in such loans. The fair value of Impaired Loans is generally based on judgment and therefore classified as nonrecurring Level 3.

 

Other Real Estate Owned - Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is adjusted to fair value upon transfer of the loans to OREO. Real estate acquired in settlement of loans is recorded initially at estimated fair value of the property less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure. The initial recorded value may be subsequently reduced by additional allowances, which are charges to earnings if the estimated fair value of the property less estimated selling costs declines below the initial recorded value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. The fair value of OREO is generally based on judgment and therefore is classified as nonrecurring Level 3.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE - continued

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

The tables below present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy.

 

					Quoted prices in			Significant
					active markets			Other			Significant
					for identical			Observable			Unobservable
(Dollars in thousands)					assets			Inputs			Inputs
		Total			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)
December 31, 2015
Assets:
Government sponsored enterprises		$	36,032		$	—		$	36,032		$	—
Mortgage-backed securities			52,445			—			52,445			—
Obligations of state and local governments			1,224			—			1,224			—
Total		$	89,701		$	—		$	89,701		$	—
December 31, 2014
Assets:
Government sponsored enterprises		$	40,082		$	—		$	40,082		$	—
Mortgage-backed securities			65,348			—			65,348			—
Obligations of state and local governments			1,244			—			1,244			—
Total		$	106,674		$	—		$	106,674		$	—
December 31, 2013
Assets:
Government sponsored enterprises		$	55,075		$	—		$	55,075		$	—
Mortgage-backed securities			37,034			—			37,034			—
Obligations of state and local governments			2,493			—			2,493			—
Total		$	94,602		$	—		$	94,602		$	—

 

The Company has no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE - continued

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following tables present the assets and liabilities carried on the balance sheet by caption and by level within the valuation hierarchy described above for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded.

 

					Quoted prices in			Significant
					active markets			Other			Significant
(Dollars in thousands)					for identical			Observable			Unobservable
					assets			Inputs			Inputs
		Total			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)
December 31, 2015
Assets:
Impaired loans, net of valuation allowance		$	32,758		$	—		$	—		$	32,758
Other real estate owned			13,624			—			—			13,624
Total		$	46,382		$	—		$	—		$	46,382
December 31, 2014
Assets:
Impaired loans, net of valuation allowance		$	39,476		$	—		$	—		$	39,476
Other real estate owned			19,501			—			—			19,501
Total		$	58,977		$	—		$	—		$	58,977
December 31, 2013
Assets:
Impaired loans, net of valuation allowance		$	41,883		$	—		$	—		$	41,883
Other real estate owned			24,972			—			—			24,972
Total		$	66,855		$	—		$	—		$	66,855

 

The Company has no liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

 

Level 3 Valuation Methodologies

 

The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value and discounted cash flows and, in rare cases, the market value of the note. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the net present value of the expected cash flows or fair value of the collateral less costs to sell exceed the recorded investments in such loans. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an executed sales contract with an independent third party, the Company records the impaired loans as nonrecurring Level 1. If the collateral is based on another observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the impaired loans as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or the Company determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3. Impaired loans can be evaluated for impairment using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. Foreclosed real estate is carried at fair value less estimated selling costs. Fair value is generally based upon current appraisals, comparable sales, and other estimates of value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for selling costs. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the asset as nonrecurring Level 2. However, the Company also considers other factors or recent developments which could result in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals such as changes in absorption rates or market conditions from the time of valuation. In situations where management adjustments are significant to the fair value measurements in its entirety, such measurements are classified as Level 3 within the valuation hierarchy.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE - continued

 

The following table presents quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2015. Management believes the weighted average range of adjustments to be appropriate. As discussed previously, depressed real estate values in the areas we serve may cause larger adjustments from time to time.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

December 31,

Valuation

Unobservable

Range

2015

Techniques

Inputs

(Weighted Avg)

Impaired loans:

Commercial

$

2,590

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(8.77%

)

Commercial real estate

21,186

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-32.33%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.23%

)

Residential

8,858

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(9.90%

)

Consumer

124

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.00%

)

Other real estate owned

13,624

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.00%

)

 

The following table presents quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2014. Management believes the weighted average range of adjustments to be appropriate. As discussed previously, depressed real estate values in the areas we serve may cause larger adjustments from time to time.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

December 31,

Valuation

Unobservable

Range

2014

Techniques

Inputs

(Weighted Avg)

Impaired loans:

Commercial

$

3,493

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-68.05%

Flows

Independent quotes

(25.71%

)

Commercial real estate

24,138

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.80%

)

Residential

11,681

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-47.31%

Flows

Independent quotes

(7.31%

)

Consumer

164

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.00%

)

Other real estate owned

19,501

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.00%

)

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 - FAIR VALUE - continued

 

The following table presents quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2013. Management believes the weighted average range of adjustments to be appropriate. As discussed previously, depressed real estate values in the areas we serve may cause larger adjustments from time to time.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

December 31,

Valuation

Unobservable

Range

2013

Techniques

Inputs

(Weighted Avg)

Impaired loans:

Commercial

$

3,728

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(3.84%

)

Commercial real estate

27,085

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-52.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(14.93%

)

Residential

10,865

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-47.31%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.45%

)

Consumer

205

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-7.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(4.50%

)

Other real estate owned

24,972

Appraised Value/

Appraisals and/or sales

Discounted Cash

of comparable properties/

0.00%-10.00%

Flows

Independent quotes

(10.00%

)

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 24 - HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

 

Presented below are the condensed financial statements for HCSB Financial Corporation (Parent Company Only).

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

		December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Assets
Cash		$	5		$	26		$	59
Investment in banking subsidiary			10,527			10,066			3,516
Investment in trust			186			186			186
Other assets			111			123			136
Total assets		$	10,829		$	10,401		$	3,897
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Accrued interest payable-subordinated debentures		$	4,925		$	3,685		$	2,553
Accrued interest payable-junior subordinated debentures			901			714			536
Subordinated debentures			11,062			11,062			11,062
Junior subordinated debentures			6,186			6,186			6,186
Other liabilities			5			1			2
Total liabilities			23,079			21,648			20,339
Shareholders’ deficit			(12,250	)		(11,247	)		(16,442	)
Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit		$	10,829		$	10,401		$	3,897

 

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

		Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Income
Forgiveness of debt		$	—		$	—		$	1,000
Expenses
Interest expense on subordinated debentures			1,240			1,132			1,081
Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures			186			178			186
Other expenses			44			104			39
			1,470			1,414			1,306
Loss before income taxes, and equity in undistributed gains of banking subsidiary			(1,470	)		(1,414	)		(306	)
Income tax expense			—			—			—
Equity in undistributed gains of banking subsidiary			1,224			1,123			2,069
Net income (loss)		$	(246	)	$	(291	)	$	1,763

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 24 - HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) - continued

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

		Years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)		2015			2014			2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)		$	(246	)	$	(291	)	$	1,763
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used by operating activities:
Forgiveness of debt			—			—			(1,000	)
Equity in undistributed gains of banking subsidiary			(1,224	)		(1,123	)		(2,069	)
Decrease in other assets			12			13			13
Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities			1,431			1,310			1,266
Net cash used by operating activities			(27	)		(91	)		(27	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Sale of common stock			6			58			—
Net cash provided by financing activities			6			58			—
Net decrease in cash			(21	)		(33	)		(27	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year			26			59			86
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year		$	5		$	26		$	59

 

NOTE 25 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. Recognized subsequent events are events or transactions that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing financial statements. Nonrecognized subsequent events are events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after that date. Management has reviewed events occurring through the date the financial statements were issued, and the following subsequent events occurred requiring accruals or disclosures that are not otherwise disclosed herein.

 

On February 29, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury, pursuant to which the Company will repurchase all 12,895 shares of the Series T Preferred Stock for $128,950, plus reimbursement of attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred by the U.S. Treasury not to exceed $25,000. The U.S. Treasury also agreed to waive any and all unpaid dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock and to cancel the CPP Warrant. The securities purchase agreement contains customary representations and warranties of the Company and is subject to closing conditions, including the closing of the private placement transaction and regulatory approval of the transaction. The securities purchase agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement of the Company and the U.S. Treasury and may also be terminated by either party in the event that the transaction does not close on or before April 15, 2016. The Company anticipates that the closing of this repurchase will occur immediately following the closing of the private placement transaction.

 

On March 2, 2016, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Castle Creek and certain other investors, pursuant to which the Company expects to raise a total of $45 million in a private placement transaction and to issue shares of the Company’s common stock and shares of newly-created Series A Preferred Stock. We intend to downstream approximately $38.0 million of the proceeds from the private placement transaction to the Bank as additional capital, which would satisfy the minimum capital levels required under the Consent Order and otherwise return the Bank to “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2015. Proceeds from the private placement transaction will also be used to repurchase or redeem the outstanding Series T Preferred Stock, trust preferred securities, and the subordinated promissory notes. As noted above, we have entered into securities purchase agreements with respect to the Series T Preferred Stock and trust preferred securities and the class action settlement agreement with the respect to the subordinated promissory notes has received final court approval. Closing of the private placement transaction is subject to the receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections for each of the repurchases or redemptions. We currently anticipate that the private placement transaction will close in April 2016. There are no assurances that we will receive the necessary regulatory approvals or nonobjections or otherwise be able to close the private placement transaction.

HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 25 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - continued

 

On March 2, 2016, the Court of Common Pleas for the Fifteenth Judicial District, State of South Carolina, County of Horry entered a final order of approval approving the class action settlement agreement, pursuant to which the Company will establish a settlement fund of approximately $2.4 million, which represents 20% of the principal of subordinated debt notes issued by the Company, and class members will be entitled to receive 20% of their notes, which will be paid from the settlement fund, in exchange for a full and complete release of all claims that were asserted or could have been asserted in the class action lawsuit. In addition, the Company has separately executed binding settlement agreements with all holders of subordinated promissory notes who opted out of the class action settlement and agreed to settle all other litigation relating to the subordinated promissory notes. Like the class action settlement, these settlements will be completed immediately upon the closing of the private placement transaction and will be in full satisfaction of the principal and interest owed on, and require the immediate dismissal of all pending litigation related to, the respective subordinated promissory notes. In each case, the Company and the Bank also obtained a full and complete release of all claims asserted or that could have been asserted with respect to the subordinated promissory notes.

 

Effective as of February 26, 2016, W. Jack McElveen, Jr. was appointed as chief credit officer of the Bank, to replace Glenn R. Bullard, who retired from his position as the Company’s and the Bank’s Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer.

 

In connection with the comprehensive recapitalization of the Company and the Bank, on March 3, 2016, the board of directors of the Company announced that it has agreed to appoint Jan H. Hollar as the chief executive officer and a director of the Company and the Bank, effective as of the closing of the private placement transaction. On February 29, 2016, the Company and the Bank entered into an employment agreement, which will become effective upon the closing of the private placement transaction, pursuant to which Ms. Hollar will assume this role.

 

On March 16, 2016, the Company received a notice of default from The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as trustee, relating to the trust preferred securities. The notice of default relates specifically to the Indenture dated December 21, 2004, by and among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., successor-in-interest to JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, under which the Company issued the trust preferred securities. As permitted by the Indenture, the Company previously exercised its right to defer interest payments on the trust preferred securities for 20 consecutive quarterly payment periods. The Company’s right to defer such interest payments expired on March 15, 2016, at which time all deferred payments of interest became due and payable. The Company did not pay such deferred interest at the end of the permitted deferral period, constituting an event of default under the Indenture, and therefore pursuant to the Indenture, the trustee provided this notice of default. Receipt of this notice of default from the trustee does not affect the Company’s plans to repurchase the trust preferred securities under the securities purchase agreement.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Based on our management’s evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer), as of the end of the period covered by this report, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As a result of this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control was effective in providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Changes in Internal Controls

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Directors

 

We currently have six directors serving on the boards of each of the Company and the Bank, with one vacant seat on each board.  Following the closing of the private placement transaction, we anticipate having a board of directors of seven directors for each of the Company and the Bank, including three of the existing directors, Ms. Hollar, a director appointed by Castle Creek, and two directors appointed or recommended by other investors.  Prior regulatory approval must be obtained prior to the appointment of any new director.

 

The following provides information regarding each of our current directors and Ms. Hollar, including their business experience for at least the past five years, the names of other publicly-held companies where they currently serve as a director or served as a director during the past five years, and additional information about the specific experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills that led to the Board’s conclusion that such person should serve as a director for the Company. Each of the following directors is also, or in the case of Ms. Hollar, will be, a director of our Bank:

 

James R. Clarkson, 64, has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and director of the Company since its formation in 1999 and of the Bank since 1987 Mr. Clarkson received his B.A. degree in Economics from Clemson University in 1973. He is a 1985 graduate of the Graduate School of Banking at Louisiana State University, where he presently serves on the faculty. Mr. Clarkson is also an instructor and a course coordinator for the South Carolina Bankers School and past chairman of the school. He presently serves as a director of Horry Telephone Cooperative, Inc., and Trustee of the South Carolina Bankers Employee Benefit Trust. Mr. Clarkson’s intimate understanding of the Company’s business and organization, substantial leadership ability, banking industry expertise, knowledge of financial reporting requirements of public companies, and business and personal ties to the Bank’s market areas enhance his ability to contribute as a director.

 

Michael S. Addy, 64, has been President of Addy’s Harbor Dodge, Inc. and MSA, Inc. in Myrtle Beach, S.C., since 1990, and is Managing Member of Addy’s Limited Liability Company. Mr. Addy received his B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of South Carolina in 1973. He is a member of the Myrtle Beach Sertoma Club. Mr. Addy has served as a director of the Company and of the Bank since 2006. His leadership experience and business and personal ties to the Bank’s Myrtle Beach market area enhance his ability to contribute as a director. Mr. Addy currently serves as Chairman of the board of directors of both the Company and the Bank.

 

D. Singleton Bailey, 65, has served as a director of the Company since its formation in 1999 and of the Bank since 1987. Mr. Bailey has been the President of Loris Drug Store, Inc., located in Loris, S.C. since 1988. He received a B.A. degree in sociology from Wofford College in 1972. Mr. Bailey now serves as the Vice Chairman and Secretary of the board of directors of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Bailey’s business and personal experience in certain of the communities that the Bank serves provides him with a useful appreciation of markets that we serve.

 

Clay D. Brittain, III, 61, has served as a director of the Company and of the Bank since 2002. Mr. Brittain received his B.A. degree in Economics from Wofford College in 1977 and received his Juris Doctorate from the University of South Carolina Law School in 1980. He is an attorney in the firm of Thomas & Brittain, PA in Myrtle Beach, S.C. Mr. Brittain served as a director of United Carolina Bank of South Carolina until April 1997. Through his legal and business experience, Mr. Brittain has an extensive background in the South Carolina real estate market, including local real estate markets that we serve. Mr. Brittain’s institutional knowledge of the Company’s business, as well as his own business and personal experience in certain of the communities that the Bank serves, provides him with a useful appreciation of markets that we serve. Mr. Brittain’s legal training and experience enhance his ability to understand the Company’s regulatory framework.

 

Tommie W. Grainger, 77, has served as a director of the Company since its formation in 1999 and of the Bank since 1998. He graduated from the Forest Ranger School of the University of Florida in 1959 with an associate’s degree in Forestry. Mr. Grainger retired from Coastal Timber Co., Inc. in Conway, S.C. in 2014 where he had served as president since 1966. Mr. Grainger’s business experience and personal ties to certain of the Bank’s market area enhance his ability to contribute as a director.

Jan H. Hollar, 60, is proposed to become our Chief Executive Officer and a director, and will lead the Company and Bank following the closing of the private placement transaction.  Ms. Hollar brings extensive banking expertise to the Company and the Bank from her 37 years of experience in the financial services industry, having most recently served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Yadkin in Statesville, North Carolina from September 2009 until July 2014.  Ms. Hollar had been hired by Yadkin in 2009 as part of the executive management team that was brought in to address the challenges facing Yadkin as a result of the Great Recession. In addition to her experience at Yadkin, she was the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Blueharbor Bank in Mooresville, North Carolina, from November 2007 until October 2008.  She has also served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Scottish Bank, and as the Executive Vice President and Director of Finance of First Charter Bank, both of Charlotte, North Carolina. Mrs. Hollar is a 1978 graduate of Furman University where she received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and Business Administration with a concentration in Accounting. She is also a North Carolina licensed Certified Public Accountant.

 

Gwyn G. McCutchen, D.D.S., 72, has served as a director of the Company since its formation in 1999 and of the Bank since 1987. Dr. McCutchen received his B.S. degree in Biology in 1966 from Presbyterian College and his D.D.S. from the Medical College of Virginia Dentistry in 1970. Dr. McCutchen has been a dentist in Loris, S.C. since 1970. Dr. McCutchen’s business and personal experience in certain of the communities that the Bank serves provides him with a useful appreciation of the markets that we serve.

 

Executive Officers

 

Other than Mr. Clarkson and Ms. Hollar, whose information appears above in the list of directors, the following provides information regarding our executive officers:

 

Edward L. Loehr, Jr. 62, is the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and of the Bank and has served as an executive officer of the Company and of the Bank since 2008. He has over 30 years of experience in the banking industry. He was employed with Coastal Federal Bank in Myrtle Beach, South Carolina from 1983 to 2007 where he most recently served as Vice President and Treasury Manager. Mr. Loehr received his B.S. degree in Business Administration in 1983 from the University of South Carolina at Coastal Carolina. He has served as a board member of the North Myrtle Beach Area Historical Museum and the North Myrtle Beach Lions Club. Mr. Loehr also currently serves on the Asset/Liability Management Committee of the South Carolina Bankers Association.

 

W. Jack McElveen, Jr., 53, is, effective as of February 26, 2016, the Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. McElveen brings extensive banking expertise to the Bank from his 30 years of experience in the financial services industry. During his career, Mr. McElveen has worked with both national and community banks in the Carolinas, and he has extensive operational experience covering all aspects of credit and administration services, including experience with managing a troubled bank’s loan portfolio and efficiently addressing a concentration of nonperforming assets. Most notably, Mr. McElveen previously served as chief credit officer of the $1.1B asset The Palmetto Bank in Greenville, South Carolina from July 2009 to August 2015, having been originally hired in 2009 as part of the executive management team that was brought in to address the significant challenges facing The Palmetto Bank as a result of the Great Recession. Palmetto’s credit team, led by Mr. McElveen, engineered a significant turn-around in its credit quality and executed a number of key strategic measures to position the company and the bank for future growth. In addition to his experience at The Palmetto Bank, Mr. McElveen has served as Director of Loan Review at Community Resource Bank in Columbia, South Carolina, and served as the Chief Credit Officer of Carolina National Bank in Columbia, South Carolina. He is a 1984 graduate of Clemson University with B.S. in Financial Management.

 

Ron L. Paige, 60, is the Executive Vice President – Myrtle Beach Region of the Bank and has served as an executive officer of the Bank since 2008. He has over 38 years of experience in the banking industry. He began his banking career in 1976 with Southern National Bank in Southern Pines, North Carolina and eventually served as Senior Vice President and City Executive Officer in Myrtle Beach, South Carolina. Mr. Paige most recently served as Regional Executive Officer of RBC Centura in Myrtle Beach, South Carolina. He has been in banking in Myrtle Beach, South Carolina since 1991. Mr. Paige is a 1976 graduate of Central Piedmont Community College and a 1981 graduate of the North Carolina Bankers School.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among the members of our board of directors or our executive officers. 

Audit Committee

 

The board of directors of the Company has appointed an audit committee. The audit committee has the responsibility of reviewing the Company’s financial statements, evaluating internal accounting controls, reviewing reports of regulatory agencies and the Bank’s internal auditor and determining that all audits and examinations required by law are performed. The audit committee reports its findings to the board of directors. The audit committee also recommends to the board of directors the appointment of the independent accounting firm. The current members of the audit committee are D. Singleton Bailey, Tommie W. Grainger and Gwyn G. McCutchen, D.D.S.

 

None of the current members of the audit committee nor any other member of our board of directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the rules of the SEC. As a relatively small public company, it is difficult to identify potential qualified candidates that are willing to serve on our board and otherwise meet our requirements for service. At present, we do not know if or when we will appoint a new board member who qualifies as an audit committee financial expert.

 

Although none of the members of our audit committee qualify as an audit committee financial expert, each of our audit committee members has made valuable contributions to the Company and its shareholders as members of the audit committee. The board has determined that each member is independent under SEC rules and fully qualified to monitor the performance of management, the public disclosures by the Company of its financial condition and performance, our internal accounting operations, and our independent auditors.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We expect all of our employees to conduct themselves honestly and ethically, particularly in handling actual and apparent conflicts of interest and providing full, accurate, and timely disclosure to the public.

 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is specifically applicable to our senior management and financial officers, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our principal accounting officer and controllers. Our Code of Business Conduct Ethics is available for review on the Bank’s website at www.hcsbaccess.com under the “Investor Relations” tab.

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

As required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s directors, its executive officers, and certain individuals are required to report periodically their ownership of the Company’s common stock and any changes in ownership to the SEC. Based on review of Forms 3, 4, and 5 and any representations made to the Company, the Company believes that all such reports for these persons were filed in a timely fashion during 2015.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

 

Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

 

The following table shows the compensation we paid for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 to our Chief Executive Officer and the two other most highly compensated executive officers that earned over $100,000 for the years ended 2015 and 2014 (collectively, the “named executive officers”).

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Names and Principal Positions		Year		Salary			Bonus			Stock/ Option Awards(1)			Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation			All Other Compensation(2)			Total
James R. Clarkson		2015		$	211,375		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	7,852		$	219,227
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank		2014		$	211,375		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	7,140		$	218,515
Glenn R. Bullard(3)		2015		$	158,072		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	1,123		$	159,195
Senior Executive Vice President of the Company and the Bank		2014		$	158,072		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	1,326		$	159,398
Ron L. Paige, Sr.		2015		$	154,128		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	8,164		$	162,292
Executive Vice President Myrtle Beach Region		2014		$	154,128		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	6,831		$	160,959

 

(1)

In 2004, with shareholder approval, we adopted an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Stock Plan”). Stock options and restricted stock awards have been granted under the Stock Plan to our named executive officers from time to time to reward performance and promote our long-term success. However, there were no stock options or restricted stock awards granted in 2015 or 2014, and each named executive officer voluntarily forfeited all of his stock options and restricted stock awards in February 2011 as a means to help us reduce expenses.

 

(2)

All other compensation includes premiums paid by the Bank for life, long-term disability, health and dental insurance.

 

(3)

Effective as of December 31, 2015, Mr. Bullard retired from this role.

 

Compensation Arrangements

 

Employment Agreements

 

Neither the Company nor the Bank has entered into any employment agreements with any of our current officers or employees.

 

On February 29, 2016, the Company and the Bank entered into an employment agreement with Jan H. Hollar, which will become effective upon the closing of the private placement transaction, pursuant to which Ms. Hollar will serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. The employment agreement is initially for a term of three years and will thereafter be automatically extended for additional terms of one year unless either party delivers a notice of termination at least 90 days prior to the end of the term.

 

Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Hollar will be entitled to an annual base salary of $225,000 per year, and the board of directors of the Company (or an appropriate committee thereof) will review Ms. Hollar’s base salary at least annually for adjustment based on her performance. Ms. Hollar will be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus of up to 20% of her annual base salary if she achieves certain performance levels established from time to time by the board of directors, and she will be eligible to participate in the Company’s long-term equity incentive program and for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, and other awards thereunder or under any similar plan adopted by the Company.  Following the closing of the private placement transaction, the board of directors anticipates adopting an appropriate equity incentive plan in which the Company’s and the Bank’s employees will be eligible to participate and granting to Ms. Hollar significant to-be-determined equity awards under such plan. Additionally, Ms. Hollar will participate in the Company’s retirement, welfare, and other benefit programs and be entitled to reimbursement for travel and business expenses, as well as a monthly automobile allowance.

 

On February 5, 2016, the Bank received the necessary nonobjection from the FDIC for Ms. Hollar to serve as the chief executive officer and a director of the Bank. On February 23, 2016, the Company received the necessary nonobjection from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond for Ms. Hollar to serve as the chief executive officer and a director of the Company.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

In February 2011, each named executive officer and all other executive officers of the Bank voluntarily forfeited all of their stock options and restricted stock awards as a means to help us reduce expenses. Thus, there were no outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2011 and no stock options or restricted stock awards have been granted since that time.

 

Following the closing of the private placement transaction, the board of directors anticipates adopting an appropriate equity incentive plan in which the Company’s and the Bank’s employees will be eligible to participate. While the specific terms of this equity plan have yet to be finalized, we anticipate that the plan will allow for issuance of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units in an amount not to exceed 30,000,000 shares, or approximately 6.6% of the number of shares anticipated to be issued in the private placement transaction (on an as-converted basis). The board plans to submit the plan to shareholders for approval at the upcoming 2016 annual shareholders meeting.

 

TARP Executive Compensation Restrictions

 

In March 2009, as part of the U.S. Treasury’s CPP, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (the “CPP Purchase Agreement”) with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 12,895 shares of the Company’s Series T Preferred Stock, and (ii) the CPP Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $12,895,000 in cash.

 

Under the terms of the CPP Purchase Agreement, we adopted certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the U.S. Treasury holds the equity we issued or may issue to the U.S. Treasury, including the common stock we may issue under the CPP Warrant. These standards apply to our named executive officers. The standards include (i) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (ii) requiring clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive and the next 20 most highly compensated employees based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (iii) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives and the next five most highly compensated employees; (iv) prohibition on providing any tax gross-up provisions; and (v) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive.

 

In connection with entry into the CPP Purchase Agreement, Messrs. Clarkson and Bullard entered into letter agreements with the Company (the “Letter Amendments”) amending any benefit plans as necessary to comply with Section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended by the Recovery Act, during the period that the U.S. Treasury owns any debt or equity securities of the Company.

As our most highly compensated employee, Mr. Clarkson will be ineligible for any bonuses or incentive awards other than restricted stock as long as the equity issued under the CPP is held by the U.S. Treasury and he remains our most highly compensated employee. Any restricted stock awards made to Mr. Clarkson while the U.S. Treasury holds our equity would be subject to the following limitations: (i) the restricted stock cannot become fully vested until the U.S. Treasury no longer holds the preferred stock, and (ii) the value of the restricted stock award cannot exceed one third of Mr. Clarkson’s total annual compensation.

 

These restrictions will continue to apply until the closing of the repurchase of the Series T Preferred Stock and the cancellation of the CPP Warrant pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreement entered by the Company and the U.S. Treasury.

 

Director Compensation

 

Effective October 1, 2011, the board of directors suspended further payments of all director fees and fees for committee meetings in order to help the Bank reduce expenses. As a result, no fees were paid to the directors in 2015.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

In February 1997, the Bank established a Deferred Compensation Plan for its directors including Mr. Clarkson to defer payment of all or a portion of his director and committee fees until the director’s termination of service from the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2012, all active director participants had relinquished the right to their deferred director fees, which resulted in an aggregate reduction of accrued expenses of approximately $857 thousand.  At December 31, 2015, $25 thousand of deferred directors’ fees relating to retired directors were included in other liabilities.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

The following table sets forth information known to the Company with respect to beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock as of March 28, 2016 for (i) each director and each person nominated or chosen to become a director, (ii) each holder of 5% or greater of the Company’s common stock, (iii) the Company’s named executive officers, and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a group. Unless otherwise indicated, the mailing address for each beneficial owner is: c/o HCSB Financial Corporation, P.O. Box 218, Loris, South Carolina, 29569. Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities.

 

								Percentage of
		Number of			Right to			Beneficial
Name		Shares Owned(1)			Acquire			Ownership(2)
Michael S. Addy			43,727			—			1.14	%
D. Singleton Bailey			54,504			—			1.42	%
Clay D. Brittain, III			14,326			—			*
James R. Clarkson			34,753			—			*
Tommie W. Grainger			8,667			—			*
Gwyn G. McCutchen, D.D.S.			41,626			—			1.08	%
Ron L. Paige			7,189			—			*
W. Jack McElveen			—			—			—
Executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)			204,792			—			5.32	%

 

* Less than 1%

 

(1)

Includes shares for which the named person has sole voting and investment power, has shared voting and investment power with a spouse or holder in an IRA or other retirement plan program.

 

(2)

The calculations are based on 3,846,340 shares of common stock outstanding on March 28, 2016.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no equity compensation plans pursuant to which any of the Company’s securities remain available for future issuance.

 

Following the closing of the private placement transaction, the board of directors anticipates adopting an appropriate equity incentive plan in which the Company’s and the Bank’s employees will be eligible to participate. While the specific terms of this equity plan have yet to be finalized, we anticipate that the plan will allow for issuance of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units in an amount not to exceed 30,000,000 shares, or approximately 6.6% of the number of shares anticipated to be issued in the private placement transaction (on an as-converted basis). The board plans to submit the plan to shareholders for approval at the upcoming 2016 annual shareholders meeting.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

The Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics provides that personal interests of directors, officers and employees of the Company must not interfere with, or appear to interfere with, the interests of the Company. Directors, officers and employees of the Company may not compete with the Company or disadvantage the Company by taking for personal gain corporate opportunities or engage in any action that creates actual or apparent conflicts of interest with the Company. Any director or officer involved in a transaction with the Company or that has an interest or a relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest must report the matter promptly to the Board of Directors, which is responsible for determining if the particular situation is acceptable.

 

The Company has had, and expects to have in the future, transactions in the ordinary course of the Company’s business with its directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to as “related parties”). All such transactions between the Company and related parties are made in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, on substantially the same terms, including (in the case of loans) interest rates, collateral, and repayment terms, as those prevailing at the same time for other comparable transactions with persons not related to the lender, and have not involved more than normal risks of collectibility or presented other unfavorable features.

 

The Company does not have a written policy regarding the review, approval or ratification of transactions with related parties, but reviews, approves, ratifies and discloses transactions with related parties consistent with SEC rules and regulations. As transactions are reported, the Board of Directors considers any related party transactions on a case-by-case basis to determine whether the transaction or arrangement was undertaken in the ordinary course of business and whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to the Company than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated party. If any member of the Board of Directors is interested in the transaction, that member will recuse himself from the discussion and decision on the transaction.

 

In addition, the Bank is subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, which places limits on the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates. The Bank is also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

 

The aggregate dollar amount of loans outstanding to directors and executive officers of the Bank was approximately $3.1 million at February 25, 2016.

 

Independence

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that Michael S. Addy, D. Singleton Bailey, Clay D. Brittain, III, Tommie W. Grainger, and Gwyn G. McCutchen, D.D.S. are “independent” directors, based upon the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market, the exchange that we selected in order to determine whether our directors and committee members meet the independence criteria of a national securities exchange, as required by Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

The following table shows the fees that we paid for services performed in fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: 

 

		Year Ended			Year Ended
		December 31, 2015			December 31, 2014
Audit Fees		$	99,500		$	191,000
Audit-Related Fees			18,517			38,200
Tax Fees			13,310			11,550
Total		$	131,327		$	240,750

 

Audit Fees. This category includes the aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC for the audit of our annual financial statements and for reviews of the condensed financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q. The fees for 2014 include amounts for completion of the 2012 and 2013 audits which were billed in 2014.

 

Audit-Related Fees. This category includes the aggregate fees billed for non-audit services, exclusive of the fees disclosed relating to audit fees, rendered by Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. These services principally included the audit of the Company’s Trusteed Retirement Savings Plan (401k) and the Health and Welfare Plan, discussions related to possible capital and merger opportunities, a review of the settlement of litigation and the Company’s corresponding obligation to downstream funds to the Bank, and a review of management’s analysis of the deferred tax asset. 

 

Tax Fees. This category includes the aggregate fees billed for tax services rendered by Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. These services include preparation of state and federal tax returns for the Company and its subsidiary and review of deferred taxes for GAAP and call reporting.

 

Oversight of Accountants; Approval of Accountant Fees. Under the provisions of its charter, the Audit Committee is responsible for the retention, compensation, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors. The charter provides that the Audit Committee must pre-approve the fees paid for the audit. The Audit Committee has delegated approval of non-audit services and fees to the chairman of the Audit Committee for presentation to the full Audit Committee at the next scheduled meeting. The policy specifically prohibits certain non-audit services that are prohibited by securities laws from being provided by an independent auditor. All of the accounting services and fees reflected in the table above were reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee, and none of the services were performed by individuals who were not employees of the independent auditor. 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

 

(a)	1.	Financial Statements
		The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8 of this report:
		Audited Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
			●	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
			●	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
			●	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
			●	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
			●	Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
			●	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
			●	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
	2.	Financial Statement Schedules
		These schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or have been included in our consolidated financial statements.
	3.	The exhibits required to be filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

SIGNATURES

 

In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

 

	HCSB FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Date: March 30, 2016	By:	/s/ James R. Clarkson
		James R. Clarkson, President
		and Chief Executive Officer

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James R. Clarkson his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By:	/s/ Michael S. Addy		Date: March 30, 2016
	Michael S. Addy, Director
By:	/s/ Clay D. Brittain, III		Date: March 30, 2016
	Clay D. Brittain, III, Director
By:	/s/ D. Singleton Bailey		Date: March 30, 2016
	D. Singleton Bailey, Director
By:	/s/ James R. Clarkson		Date: March 30, 2016
	James R. Clarkson, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
By:	/s/ Tommie W. Grainger		Date: March 30, 2016
	Tommie W. Grainger, Director
By:	/s/ Edward L. Loehr, Jr.		Date: March 30, 2016
	Edward L. Loehr, Jr., Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
By:	/s/ Gwyn G. McCutchen		Date: March 30, 2016
	Gwyn G. McCutchen, Director

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

3.1

Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999).

 

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of HCSB Financial Corporation dated December 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 23, 2012).

 

3.3

Articles of Amendment to Authorize Preferred Shares, filed March 2, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 6, 2009).

 

3.4

Articles of Amendment to establish the Series T Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009).

 

3.5

Articles of Amendment to increase Authorized Common Shares, filed May 31, 2012.

 

4.1

Warrant to Purchase up to 91,714 shares of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009).

 

4.2

Form of Series T Preferred Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009).

 

10.1

Form of Director Deferred Compensation Agreement adopted in 1997 by and between the Board of Directors and Horry County State Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006).*

 

10.2

Letter Agreement, dated March 6, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009).*

 

10.3

ARRA Side Letter Agreement, dated March 6, 2009, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009).*

 

10.4

Form of Waiver, executed by each of Messrs. James R. Clarkson, Edward L. Loehr, Jr., and Glenn R. Bullard (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009).*

 

10.5

Form of Letter Amendment, executed by each of Messrs. James R. Clarkson, Edward L. Loehr, Jr., and Glenn R. Bullard with the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed March 10, 2009).*

 

10.6

Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated March 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 23, 2010).

 

10.7

Form of HCSB Financial Corporation Subordinated Note Due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 23, 2010).

 

10.8

Consent Order, effective February 10, 2011, between the FDIC, the South Carolina State Board of Financial Institutions, and Horry County State Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed February 16, 2011).

 

10.9

Written Agreement, effective May 9, 2011, with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2011).

 

10.10

Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, between the Bank and Sandhills Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 30, 2015).

 

10.11

Class Action Settlement Agreement, effective September 16, 2015, between the Company, the Bank, James R. Clarkson, Glenn Raymond Bullard, Ron Lee Paige, Sr., and Edward Lewis Loehr, Jr., on the one hand, and Jan W. Snyder, Acey H. Livingston, and Mark Josephs, on behalf of themselves and as representatives of a class of similarly situated purchasers of the Company’s subordinated debt notes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 22, 2015).

 

10.12

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2016, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2016).

 

10.13

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2016, between the Company and Alesco Preferred Funding VI LTD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2016).

10.14

Employment Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2016, between the Company, the Bank, and Jan H. Hollar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2016).

 

10.15

Consulting and Noncompete Agreement, dated as of February 29, 2016, between the Company, the Bank, and James R. Clarkson ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2016).

 

10.16

Form of Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2016, between the Company and Investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K/A filed on March 9, 2016).

 

21

Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

24

Power of Attorney (contained on signature pages).

 

31.1

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

 

31.2

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.

 

32

Section 1350 Certifications.

 

99.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

99.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

101

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL; (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

*

Management contract of compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.